navedtra 134a august 2009

190
Naval Education and Training Command Training Manual (TRAMAN) NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

Upload: buinguyet

Post on 29-Dec-2016

365 views

Category:

Documents


10 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

Naval Education and Training Command

Training Manual (TRAMAN)

NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

Page 2: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009
Page 3: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134 i

Page 4: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134ii

Page 5: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134 iii

CHANGE RECORD

Number and description of change Entered by Date

Recommended changes to this manual will be forwarded to NETC (N74) via the chain of command. Approved changes will be recorded on the Change Record of this manual.

Page 6: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134iv

Page 7: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134 v

FOREWORD

The NAVEDTRA series manuals:

•NAVEDTRA130,TaskBasedCurriculumDevelopmentManual•NAVEDTRA131,PersonnelPerformanceProfileBasedCurriculumDevelopment Manual

•NAVEDTRA134,NavyInstructorManual•NAVEDTRA135,NavySchoolManagementManual

TheNAVEDTRA130seriesofmanualsprovidesfundamentalguidancewithin the Naval Education and Training Command for the development ofcurricula,thedeliveryofinstruction,andthemanagementandevaluation of training programs.

These manuals do not supersede the directive policy established byNavalEducationandTrainingCommandInstructions(NETCINSTs)inthesesubjectareas.Rather,theysupplementtheNETCINSTsintwoimportantways.First,theyreflectthephilosophicalprinciplesunderlyingNETCpolicyforcurriculum,instruction,andevaluation;andsecond,theyprovideproceduresforcarryingoutthatpolicy.

Eachofthe130seriesmanualsisdesignedasastand-alonedocumenttoserveaspecificusergroupsuchascurriculumdevelopers,instructors,trainingmanagers,orevaluatorsoftraining.Themanualsare,however,interrelatedandappropriatelycross-referencedtooneanother.

ThepurposeofNAVEDTRA134,NavyInstructorManual,istopresentknowledgefactorsandbackgroundinformationonthetheoryandtechniquesofNavyclassroominstruction.ItisdesignedtofollowtheoutlineoftheNavy'sformalInstructorTrainingCourseandistobeusedasasupplementarytextforthiscourse.Itmayalso be used as a general reference by those having responsibility forconductingshipboardoron-the-jobtrainingprograms.

Page 8: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134vi

Page 9: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134 vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LETTEROFPROMULGATION .....................................i

CHANGERECORD ............................................iii

FOREWORD ...................................................v

CHAPTERS

1.NAVYTRAINING ..........................................1

2.THENAVYINSTRUCTOR ....................................9

3.MOTIVATION ............................................21

4.PRINCIPLESOFLEARNING ................................29

5.EFFECTIVECOMMUNICATION ...............................51

6.INSTRUCTIONALMETHODS .................................79

7.LEARNINGOBJECTIVES ..................................101

8.TESTING ..............................................113

9.COURSEMATERIALS .....................................133

10.INSTRUCTOREVALUATION ................................163

Page 10: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134viii

Page 11: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 1 1

CHAPTER 1

NAVY TRAINING

INTRODUCTION

TheprimarypurposeoftheUnitedStatesNavy’strainingestablishment is to provide operational forces with trained personnel who can maintain a high degree of Fleet readiness. Severalofficescoordinatewitheachothertoplanfortrainingandto determine the purposes of training within various commands. Theseofficesare:ChiefofNavalOperations(CNO);Commander,U.S.FleetForcesCommand(CUSFF);SystemCommands(SYSCOMS);NavyEnterprises(TypeCommander;MarineCorpsCombatDevelopmentCommand(MCCDC);NavalEducationandTrainingCommand(NETC);andCommander,NavyReserveForcesCommand(COMNAVRESFOR).

Aboutone-thirdofallpeopleintheNavyareinvolvedinsomekindoftrainingatanyonetime.Newtechnicaldevelopmentsaswellaslossesoftrainedpersonnelthroughpromotion,retirement,discharge,ortransfercreateaconstantneedfortraining.Toperformsuchalargeandcomplextrainingtaskwithanever-changingpopulation,andtoensureneededstandardizationwhilecarryingoutrequiredchanges,theNavyusesasystemsapproachto training. One of the purposes of this manual is to acquaint youwiththedetailsoftheNavy’sformaltrainingsystemandtheeducational concepts upon which it is based.

REVOLUTION IN TRAINING (RIT)

InOctoberof2000,theNavyembarkedonwhathasbecomeknownastheRevolutioninTraining(RIT).TheRITbeganwithanExecutiveReviewofNavyTraining(ERNT),whichwasaCNO-directedworkinggrouptaskedtorecommendwaystoimprovetraining,education,andlearning throughout the Navy.

These recommendations included substantial revisions in traditionalmanpower,training,andeducationstrategies(e.g.,changes in the mix of classroom instruction vs. remote learning) and in the content and delivery of learning. A major thrust of the RITwastolinkdecisionsinmanpower,training,andeducationtowarfightingenterpriseperformancethroughHumanSystemsIntegrationandHumanPerformanceSystemsModel(HPSM)solutions.

Page 12: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 12

INTEGRATED LEARNING ENVIRONMENT (ILE)

InDecemberof2002,asaresultoftheERNT,NETCcreatedtheILEtotransformlegacysystemsandbusinessprocessesandtoenablenecessarychangestoaccomplishRITgoals.

TheILEencompassesallformsoftrainingmethods,includinginstructor-led,computer-/web-based,andblendedinstruction.TheILEsupportsreadinessbyexploitingcurrenttechnologiesandbestpractices to enhance institutional and individual learning and to enhanceperformancesupportfortheNavy’stotalforce.

ILE Electronic Applications

TheseapplicationsarekeytechnicalcomponentsoftheILE:

•NavyKnowledgeOnline(NKO)Portal:

oServesasthesinglepointofentrytoallNavyE-Learningcourses.

oProvidesknowledgemanagementfeaturesandspecializedcommunities of practice.

oLocatedathttps://wwwa.nko.navy.mil.

•LearningManagementSystem(LMS):

oContainstheILEmastercatalogforaccessinginformaleducation and training content.

oManageslearnerlessonplansandtrainingday-to-dayprogress.o Allows management of learning events. oProvidesaccesstothousandsofself-pacedtrainingcourseware offerings.

•LearningContentManagementSystem(LCMS):

oProvidesforcreation,storage,reuse,andmanagementoflearning content.

oProvidesatemplate-drivenenvironmentforfast,efficient,andconsistentauthoringofknowledge-basedcontent.

oProvidestheabilitytodynamicallydelivercontentcustomizedtodisplayuniquethemesandtomatchuserprofiles.

oCanreceivecontentdevelopedintheAuthoringInstructionalMaterials(AIM),automatedtool.

Page 13: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 1 3

•CorporateenterpriseTrainingActivityResourceSystem(CeTARS):

o Manages the collection of raw training data.o Compiles the data.oPerformsstatisticalcalculations.oProvidestheresultstoalllevelsofthemilitarytrainingorganization.

THE NAVY TRAINING SYSTEM

The purpose of any systems approach is to provide a method by which the NavyTrainingOrganizationcananalyzeandapplyalltheelementsthatmakeuptheNavyTrainingSystem(Fig.1-1).ThepurposeoftheNavyTrainingSystemis to ensure a systematic approach for determining what to train and how best to accomplish that training. To understand theNavy’sapproachtotraining,visualizeNavytrainingasasystemwiththreedistinctbutinterrelatedelements:preparationoftraining,deliveryoftraining,andevaluationoftraining.

PREPARATION OF TRAINING

BeforetheNavycanprovidetraining,itmustdeterminetrainingrequirements;developtraining;andtraininstructors,curriculumdevelopers,andtrainingmanagers.Therefore,itusesaplanningprocess through which it determines the formal courses it will offer and the number of students it will train in each course. Itthensetsstandardsforcourseandcurriculumdevelopmentandprescribestheappropriatetrainingpathsforinstructors,curriculumdevelopers,andtrainingmanagers.

Determining Training Requirements

TheNavydeterminestrainingrequirementsfromtheFleet’sneedforpeoplewithparticularjobskills.Beforeprovidingformalcourses,itcheckstoseeifitsworkforcehasenoughpeoplewiththoseparticularskills.Ifitlackstrainedpersonnel,theNavythenprovidesformalcoursesineachskillareaunlesson-the-jobtrainingismorecost-effective.

Job,Duty,TaskAnalysis(JDTA)istheprocessthatNETCismaturingtolistthejobsperformedbyanoccupationalfield,whoperformsthem,andthefrequencyofperformance.Asurveyofjobsperformed within a rating may indicate a need to revise training.

Figure 1-1: Navy Training System

Page 14: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 14

TheNavyprovidesmostinitialskillstrainingandalmostalltrainingthatawardsaNavyEnlistedClassification(NEC)throughformal,residentialcourses.Itprovidesnon-NECskillstrainingcoursesinbothformalandinformalsettings.Identificationoftrainingrequirementsisanongoingprocess.Asskillrequirementsbecomeobsolete,theNavychanges,revises,ordeletescourses.Asnewskillrequirementsareidentified,italso introduces new courses.

PerOPNAVINST1500.76(series),theNavyTrainingSystemPlan(NTSP)istheprimarydocumentidentifyingmanpower,personnel,trainingrequirements,andresourcesfornewsystemsdevelopmentandmodernizationofexistinglegacysystems.ThisinstructionaddressesNTSPrequirements,acquisition/modernization,managementactionsrequiredtooptimizemanpowerandmaximizeHumanPerformance(HP).

Developing Training

Afteratrainingrequirementisvalidated,programmanagersmustdetermineiftherequiredtrainingisalreadyavailable.Ifitisnotavailable,theymustdetermineifachangeorrevisionto existing training can meet the training requirement or if new curriculum development is required.

Ifnewcoursedevelopmentisnecessary,theprogrammanagermust decide the type of training needed and direct the design and development of course materials. The program manager then must ensure that designated personnel receive the required training to develop,conduct,orevaluatethecourse.Duringthedevelopmentoftraining,thedesignatedfunctionalcommanderandtrainingactivityworktogethertodesignthecourseofinstructionanddevelopthecourse materials.

Toestablishacourse,thefunctionalcommanderandthetrainingactivitymusttakethefollowingactions:

•Identifythemanpower,facilities,support,andequipmentneeded to meet the training requirement.

•SubmitacoursedescriptionviathefunctionalcommanderforinsertionintoCeTARStoreflectintheCatalogofNavyTrainingCourses (CANTRAC).

•AssignaCourseIdentificationNumber(CIN).•SubmitpaperworktoassigntheNEC(ifcourseisNEC-awarding).

Page 15: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 1 5

Trainingmanagerswillbeabletotrackstudentsandtraininginformationrelatedtoaspecificcoursebecauseofthecourse’suniqueCINandCourseDataProcessing(CDP).TheCINmustbeincludedintheCeTARS.CeTARSisthecorporatedatabaseforformaltraininginformation.Itensurestimelycollectionanddissemination of information to meet the demands of various echelon activities.Personnelmanagement,studenttrainingmanagement,classroomsupportmanagement,classeventresourcescheduling,publicationandequipmentmanagement,systemutilities,studenttestingandevaluation,andrelatedadministrativesupportarealltrackedbytheCINand/orCDPinCeTARS.

The development of technical course materials also follows a systematic procedure. The goal of the systems approach is to establish uniform training. The systems approach has the following advantages:

•Preventsorminimizesovertrainingandunder-trainingthroughtheproperidentificationoftrainingrequirements.

•Ensuresuniformtrainingforallpersonnelatallfacilitiesthrough the use of standard guidelines for material design and development.

•Providesup-to-datetrainingthroughtheanalysisoftrainingmaterials and procedures.

•Assessesoveralleffectivenessandidentifiesdeficienciesthroughthecontinuedfeedbackfromatrainingevaluationprogram.

Training Staff

Allofficerandenlistedpersonneloccupyinginstructor,trainingmanager,orcurriculumdeveloperbillets/positionswithinNETCmustcomplete the appropriate training path for their duty assignments. Onlythroughintensive,recurringtrainingofinstructors,trainingmanagers,andcurriculumdeveloperscantheNavyachieveuniformtraining.

Page 16: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 16

DELIVERY OF TRAINING

Alloftheanalysis,coursedevelopment,andstafftrainingconducted as part of training preparation culminates in the delivery of training. The responsibility of the instructors and managers of Navy training courses is to help the student to learn. No matter what thecourseis,theireffortsareaimedattrainingthestudenttoperformaspecificjoboracquireaspecificcompetencyandtoapplythe principles learned. An important part of this training is giving the students clear and precise direction and explaining the best way toperformtasksassociatedwiththeirjobs.

Training Management

Management and administration are two important elements of instruction. Establishing instructional management and administrativeguidelineshelpstopreventdifficultiesandsolve

problems that may develop in a learning situation. Management involves several areas of concern. The primary concern is the safety of the students and staff. Another concern is the effective and economical use of instructional material and equipment. Management is also concerned with the full use of all educational and training facilities.Managementinvolvesthefilling

ofbillets,resolvingresourceneeds,addressingquality-of-lifeissues,andoverseeingafter-hourroutines.

AsineveryothercomponentoftheNavalTrainingSystem,coursemanagementismulti-faceted.Itconsistsofbothclassroommanagement and course management.

Classroommanagementistheinstructor’sresponsibility.Aninstructormustestablishreceptive,cooperativeworkingrelationshipswithstudents,otherinstructors,andcoursemanagers.Theinstructorshouldmakewhateverarrangementsnecessary to provide favorable learning conditions for all students. The students should be able to hear and see the instructor without being distracted by other activities around them.Theinstructormusthaveasafety-consciousattitudeandinstillineachstudentsafeworkhabitsandanawarenessofthehazardsofequipmentandmachinery.Theprinciplesandproceduresthe instructor adopts in classroom management greatly contribute to the success of the instruction.

Page 17: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 1 7

Allinstructionaloperationsandproceduresaretheinstructor’sadministrativeresponsibility.Tomakeinstructioneffective,instructorsshouldfullyusethetimespecifiedforlessontopics.They should report equipment in need of repair and request supplies needed to help them provide effective instruction. They should also makesuretheclassroomorlaboratoryisreadyforthenextclassofstudentsorfortheinstructor’susethefollowingday.Thatincludes preparing all equipment and training materials.

Course management involves management of the instructional material,thestaff,thestudents,andthephysicalplant(i.e.,building,equipment,furniture).NETCestablishesinstructions,manuals,anddirectivesthatspelloutthedutiesofschoolsupervisors,directors,andsupportpersonnelineachoftheseareas;theseareamplifiedbythefunctionalcommandersandthelocaltrainingactivity.Instructorsshouldbefamiliarwiththeorganizationalandmanagementresponsibilitiesoftheirtrainingactivity.

EVALUATION OF TRAINING

EvaluationmanagementmeasurestheeffectivenessoftheNavy’strainingprograms.Everymemberofthecommand,fromthecommandingofficertotheinstructor,sharesresponsibilityfortheevaluationoftraining(Fig.1-2).

Evaluation is a joint effort and a tool used to improve training. Evaluation is normally divided into internal evaluation and external evaluation.

Figure 1-2: Evaluation of Training

Page 18: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 18

Internalevaluationinvolvesfeedbackonthecourseofinstruction on a regularly scheduled basis. This information isusedtomakeimprovementstotraining.Examplesincludethefollowing:

•Reviewsofsafety,thecourse,andattritionorsetbackpercentages.

•Testingprograms,includingtest-itemanalysis.•Formalevaluationofinstructorsinclassroom,laboratory,andelectronic classroom settings.

•Studentcritiqueofboththecourseandtheinstructors.

Externalevaluationinvolvesthegatheringoffeedbackbyindividuals or groups outside the course. Although this information isnormallynotgatheredasfrequentlyastheinternalfeedbackdata,itisalsousedtomakeimprovementstothetraining.

SUMMARY

TheNavyTrainingSystemisextremelycomplex.Itincludesthepreparationoftraining,deliveryoftraining,andevaluationoftraining. Although it requires coordination at all levels of the NavyTrainingOrganization,themostessential,singlelinkinthe training chain is the instructor. The instructor is the one who must simplify the learning process for students of varied backgroundsandexperiences.Theinstructoristheonewhomustpresenttheknowledgeandskillsrequiredtotransformstudentsintoproficientandproductivemembersoftheoperatingforces.

TheNavyisengagedinanenterprise-widetransformationofhowitoperatesinanefforttoimproveandalignitsorganizations,incorporatenewtechnologiesintoNavytraining,exploitopportunitiesavailablefromtheprivatesector,anddevelopacontinuum of lifelong learning and personal and professional developmentforSailors.AkeyenableratthefoundationofthistransformationistheNavy’sIntegratedLearningEnvironment(ILE).Inthenextchapter,wewilldiscussthevitalrolethattheNavyinstructor plays in Navy Training.

Page 19: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 9

CHAPTER 2

THE NAVY INSTRUCTOR

INTRODUCTION

Teaching has been described as both an art and a science. Thescienceofteachinghelpstoexplainwhatmustbedone.Itis concerned with the why and how of instruction. The science of teaching helps the new instructor understand the techniques andacquiretheknowledgerequiredtodothejob.ThatiswhyNavy instructor training includes subjects on the principles oflearning,motivation,communication,instructionalmethods,objectives,testing,andthewayspeoplelearn,amongothertopics.That is also why instructor training includes a lot of practice teachingandteaching-performanceexaminations.Thesespecificpartsof the training are designed to help the beginning instructor grasp the basic techniques or the science of instruction.

Afterbeginninginstructorslearntousethesetechniques,theycanstarttolearntheartofinstruction.Aswithanyart,someartists(instructors)willbemoreeffectivethanothers.Efficientinstructorsknowandfollowalltherulesandtechniquesofteaching.However,effectiveinstructorsareoftenthosewhoseizeevery opportunity to enhance the learning experience by being more creativeintheiruseoftherulesandtechniques.Beforeyoucandothat,though,youmustknowtherulesandwhentoappropriatelyexploit the rules to their advantage.

Theartofinstructionreallycannotbetaught.Youdevelopitthroughexperienceandlearningwhatworks.Thescienceofinstructioncanbetaught.Therefore,themoreyouknowandunderstandaboutthescienceofteaching,thebetterequippedyouwill be to develop the art. Although almost anyone can become a competentinstructor,somepeoplewilldevelopintotrulysuperiorinstructors.Thestartingplace,however,isthesameforallofus—with the basics.

Inhistext,Instructional Technique (1981),IvorK.Daviesdiscussestheconceptsofefficiencyandeffectiveness.AccordingtoDavies,efficiencyisconcernedwithdoingthingsright,whileeffectiveness is doing the right things.

Page 20: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 210

Mostofuseasilyrecognizeefficientinstructors.Theydothingsright.Theyplantheirlesson,preparethelearningenvironment,conductproperlessonintroductions,askquestions,anduseinstructionalmediamaterial.That,however,doesnotensuretheyare effective. Effectiveness in instruction is much more than just doingthingsright;itisdoingtherightthingstoenablestudentstolearn.Itismeasuredwhenstudentsdemonstratetheyhavemetthe objectives of the course as result of your instruction.

Ideally,yourinstructionwillbebothefficientandeffective.Throughstudyandexperience,youcanlearntodothingsright.This chapter presents information on the characteristics or traits instructorsshouldhave,aswellasinformationontheduties,responsibilities,andconcernsuniquetoNavyinstructors.

PROFESSIONAL PRECEPTS

Ifyouweretoobserveefficientandeffectiveinstructors,youwould see that they all have certain qualities in common. These qualities provide a list of ideal traits toward which you should workasaninstructor.Thesetraitsalsoprovideyouwithabasisforself-evaluationandself-help.

Each of these traits belongs in one ofthreebroadcategories:knowledge,ability,orpersonality.Together,thesethree categories contain the professional qualitiesofaneffectiveandefficientinstructor. We refer to these as professionalprecepts(Fig.2-1).

KNOWLEDGE

Youmusthavemanytypesofknowledgetobebothefficientandeffectiveasaninstructor.First,youmustbethoroughlyfamiliarwiththesubjectyouwillbeteaching.Generally,yourassignmentto instructor duty indicates that you are a subject matter expert (SME)inyourareaofassignment.Theformaltrainingyouhavereceivedinyourratingcoupledwithyouractualworkexperienceandon-the-jobtrainingwillprovideinvaluableknowledgetoyouinyourinstructorassignment.Youmaydiscover,however,thatknowingthe subject well enough to do the job yourself is quite different fromknowinghowtoteachotherstodoit.Impartingyourknowledgeto others will bring you both your greatest challenges and rewards as an instructor.

Figure 2-1: Professional Precepts

Page 21: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 11

Youwillknowandwillneedtoknowfarmoreaboutyoursubjectarea than you will actually teach your students. Only through practicing,studying,researching,andkeepingupwithnewdevelopmentscanyouattainthewealthofknowledgerequiredinyour role as an instructor. Avail yourself of every opportunity toobserveotherinstructors.Notonlywillthatbenefityouinlearningmoreaboutyoursubjectmatter,itwillalsoexpandyourknowledgeofinstructionaltechniques.

YouneedtounderstandthatyouwillbeconductingtrainingtomeettheneedsoftheNavy,notindividualmembers.AsdiscussedinChapter1,theprimarypurposeoftheNavytrainingestablishmentis to provide the operational forces with trained personnel who can maintain a high degree of Fleet readiness.

Trainingandeducationhavemuchincommon,buttheydifferin some important ways. Education does not necessarily have a practicalordefinedgoal;acquiringknowledgeforitsownsakeisalegitimategoalofeducation,butnotoftraining.Trainingshouldaccomplishatleastthreethings.Itshould:

•Developknowledge,skills,andattitudes.•Producechangesinbehavior.•Meetspecificobjectives.

The focus of training is to prepare individuals to perform the dutiesofthejobtowhichtheywillbeassigned.Yourchallengeistohelpstudentslearn—toleadthemingainingtheknowledge,skills,andattitudesthatwillmakethemsuccessful.

Inordertohelpstudentslearn,youneedtoknowsomethingabouttheirpreviouseducationandexperience.Studentrecordswillprovidesomeoftheinformationyouneed.Previousinstructorsofstudents can also provide you with valuable information about your studentsandcourses.However,yourinteractionwiththestudentinthe training environment is your greatest source of information.

Finally,youneedtoknowsomebasicinstructionalstrategiesandtechniques.Thatbringsusbackonceagaintodiscussingthescience and art of instruction. Formal instructor training and this text will provide you with information on the science of teaching. Youwillgainexperienceintheartofinstructionthroughyourinteractionwithstudents,otherinstructors,andtrainingadministrators.Youshouldcontinuouslystrivetoexpandyourknowledgeinboththescienceandartofinstruction.

Page 22: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 212

ABILITY

As a Navy trainer you should have two basic types of ability: leadershipandinstructional.Someindividualsaresaidtopossess“naturalability”thatis,theyare“borninstructors”or“bornleaders.” While certain traits may set those people apart from others,theyhaveprobablyalsoworkedveryhardatbeing“borninstructors and leaders.”

Instructionalability,alongwithleadershipability,isessentialtoyourefficiencyandeffectivenessasaninstructor.Youmustnotonlyknowtheprinciples,methods,andtechniquesofinstruction,youmustalsobeabletoapplythemeffectively.Yourabilityasaninstructorshouldgrowwithexperience.However,yourabilitywillgrowonlyifyoumakeaconsciousefforttoimprove.

Research,uponwhichtheNavy’sleadershiptrainingisbased,hasdefinedanumberofleadershipskills,knowledge,andbehaviorsthatdistinguish superior Navy leaders from average performers.

Efficientandeffectiveinstructorsdisplayleadershipskillssuchasplanningandorganizing,optimizingtheiruseofresources,delegatingauthority,monitoringprogressandresults,disciplining,andrewarding.Theirskillfuluseofinfluencehelpsthemtopersuadeothers,buildteamwork,developsubordinates,andmaintainself-control.Inadvisingandcounseling,theyunderstandstudents’needsaswellascreatepositiveandrealisticexpectations.Inapplyingconceptstojobsituations,theirknowledgeandexperiencehelpthemtoidentifyproblems,sortthroughfacts,anddecideonappropriatecoursesofaction.

AsaNavyinstructor,youwillfindthatleadershipbyexampletakesonaparticularlyimportantsignificance.Everythingyoudoisunderscrutiny.Notonlymustyouinstructinanefficientandeffectivemanner,youmustalsoserveasarolemodelinyourmilitaryconduct,attitude,appearance,andbearing.YoushouldexemplifytheNavy’sCoreValuesofHonor,Courage,andCommitment.

Asstatedearlierinthischapter,almostanyonecanbecomeacompetentinstructor.Youaremistaken,however,ifyouassumethat job experience and formal training alone will prepare you to instructothers.Youmusthaveagreatamountofknowledge—butknowledgeisnotenough.Youmusthaveexcellentleadershipability—butleadershipabilityisnotenough.Youmustcareaboutthestudentsyouinstruct—butcaringisnotenough.Youmustbededicated to the Navy and to helping others succeed—but dedication isnotenough.Yourabilitytobeefficientaswellaseffectiverequiresyoutohaveallofthesequalitiesandtoworkatcontinually improving them.

Page 23: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 13

PERSONALITY

Forthepurposeofthisdiscussion,personalityisdefinedasthepatternofcollectivecharacter,behavioral,temperamental,emotional,andmentaltraitsofanindividual.

Tobesuccessfulasaninstructor,youmustgaintherespectofyour students by displaying a professional attitude toward others. Alwaysshowasincereinterestinallofyourstudents,regardlessoftheirrace,gender,geographicalheritage,religiousaffiliation,maritalstatus,orlevelofintellect.Remainconstantlyawarethatstudentswillbeinfluencedbyyourbehaviorandtheexampleyousetboth in and out of the training environment.

Aswithmostprofessions,instructorsmustadheretocertainrules of conduct in the performance of their duties. The following are some of the rules of conduct you should follow:

•If you do not know an answer, admit it.Donotbluff.Attimes,questions will arise that you will not be able to answer. Find thecorrectanswerattheearliestopportunity,thenprovidethe information to the class as soon as practical.

•Keep your remarks professional and appropriate in the classroom.Donotuseprofanityorobscenities.Useofprofaneor obscene language is one of the fastest ways to lose the respect of your students. Do not use inappropriate humor or makedisparagingremarks,eveninajokingmanner.

•Be patient.Beawarethatnotallpeoplelearninthesamewayor at the same rate. While you may easily become frustrated withapersonwhoishavingdifficultywithseeminglysimplematerial,neverallowyourfrustrationtoshow.Ifallelsefails,takeabreaktocoolofforconsultwithotherinstructorstofindanotherapproachtoresolvethedifficulty.Inthemajorityofsituations,studentsaresincerelytryingtounderstandwhatisbeingtaught.Yourjobistofindawaytohelpthem.Youmayneedtoadaptyourinstructiontodifferentlearning styles for different students.

•Do not use sarcasm in the classroom. The use of sarcasm is anotherwaytolosetherespectofyourstudents.Sarcasm,whetheritisdirectedatoneindividualortheentiregroup,is never appropriate.

Page 24: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 214

•Maintain rapport with students. While it is appropriate to be friendlyandcourteoustoyourstudents,itisnotappropriateto be too familiar with them. Establish good rapport by connecting with your students using common ground. One such wayisexpressingtothemthatyou’vebeenwheretheyareandexplainingtothemwhattheycanexpect.Studentsarealwayseager to listen and get a perspective of what they can expect once they reach the Fleet.

•Treat students with respect. All of the individuals you train should feel you have a sincere interest in their efforts to learn.Althoughyourstudentswillnothaveyourknowledgeorexperience,youshouldthinkofthemasbeingphysically,mentally,andemotionallymatureandtreatthemaccordingly.

INSTRUCTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

Whileyouareassignedasaninstructor,youmustabidebythedirectivesandinstructionswithinyourchainofcommand.Youalsomust exhibit and enforce proper military conduct and discipline at all times. Always maintain a professional relationship with your students both in and out of the classroom.

Whateveryourtask,approachyourjobwithhonesty,enthusiasm,andgenuinededication.AsaNavyinstructor,youfilloneofthemostcriticalpositionsinthetrainingprogram.Yourresponsibilitiesincludemakingthebestofyourowntimeandthestudents’timetodevelopthoseskills,knowledge,andattitudesessential to effective performance.

RESPONSIBILITY TO STUDENTS

Although your instructional and leadership role influencesstudentsinthe formal training environment,beaware that many other influencesalsoaffecttheir performance. Studentshavemanymilitary duties and responsibilities that affecttheirlives.Inaddition,personalinvolvementswithfamilymembers,friends,peers,andothersmaybeinfluencesonstudentperformance(Fig.2-2).

Figure 2-2: Influences on Student Performance.

Page 25: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 15

Fraternization

Asaninstructor,youmustbeawareoftheNavy’spolicyonfraternization,OPANVINST5370.2(series)andindividualcommandpolicy,particularlyasitappliesbetweenyouandyourstudents.Beespeciallycarefulinyourpersonalassociations,particularlywith regard to interactions with students. Not only are personal relationshipsbetweenofficersandenlistedmembersthatareundulyfamiliaranddonotrespectdifferencesinrankandgradeprohibited,butpersonalrelationshipswhichareundulyfamiliarbetweenstaff/instructorsandstudentswithinNavytrainingcommandsarealsoprohibited.Bothviolatethelong-standingcustomandtraditionoftheNavalservice,areprejudicialtogoodorderanddiscipline,andmaybeofanaturetobringdiscreditontheNavalservice.MakesureyouractionsandtheactionsofyourstudentssupporttheNavy’spolicyonfraternizationandreflecttheNavy’sCoreValues.

Sexual Harassment

AsaNavyinstructor,makesureyoumaintainhighstandardsofhonesty,integrity,impartiality,andconductindealingwithallpersonnel,regardlessofgender.Sexualharassmentisunacceptableconductthatunderminestheintegrityoftheinstructor-studentrelationship.TheNavyhasapolicyofzerotoleranceofsexualharassment,pertheSECNAVINST5300.26(series)andindividualcommand policy.

Sexualharassmentisaformofdiscriminationinvolvingunwelcomesexualadvances,requestsforsexualfavors,andotherverbalorphysical conduct of a sexual nature when the following occurs:

•Submissiontoorrejectionofsuchconductismadeeitherexplicitlyorimplicitlyatermorconditionofaperson’sjob,pay,orcareer.

•Submissiontoorrejectionofsuchconductbyapersonisusedas a basis for career or employment decisions affecting this person.

•Suchconductinterfereswithanindividual’sperformanceorcreatesanintimidating,hostile,oroffensiveenvironment.

Preventionofsexualharassmentistheresponsibilityofallpersonnel.Asaninstructor,however,youareinaparticularlyimportantpositiontopreventsexualharassment.Takeanactiverole in educating your students on the seriousness of such behavior and immediately confront any conduct that may be construed as inappropriate.Whenconfrontedaboutinappropriatebehavior,

Page 26: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 216

individualsoftensaytheywere“onlyjoking”orthey“didn’tmeananythingbyit.”Sexualharassment,realorperceived,isnotajoke.

Creatingapositivecommand/classroomclimate,wherebehavioris professional and appropriate and where everyone up and down the chain treats his or her subordinates and peers with courtesy andrespect,willdomorethananyotheractionyoumaytakeasaninstructor to eliminate sexual harassment.

Diversity

Every member of the Navy is responsible for promoting a culture that embraces diversity. According to the Department of the Navy DiversityStatement,datedAugust27,2007:“Thetermdiversityencompassesnotonlythetraditionalcategoriesofrace,religion,age,gender,andnationalorigin,butalsoallthedifferentcharacteristics and attributes of individuals that enhance the mission readiness of the Department of the Navy and strengthen the capabilities of our Navy Total Force.”

Yourroleindiversityistocreateacultureofempowermentwhereallarewelcometocontribute.Asaninstructor,youmustmakeapersonalandprofessionalcommitmenttoimproveyourunderstanding of diversity as well as support diversity throughout theNavy.OurCoreValuesofHonor,Courage,andCommitmentendorseour efforts to treat each individual with respect and leverage the strengthofournation’sdiversity.

Tothegreatestextentpossible,trytohelpstudentsresolveconflictsresultingfromthesevariousinfluences.Yourroleas an instructor places you in a unique position to identify personsexperiencingconflict.Sinceyouinteractwithstudentsonafrequentbasis,noticechangesinstudents’performanceorbehavior,thentakestepstohelpthem.

Yourresponsibilitytoyourstudentsistoteacheffectively,setagoodexampleforthemtofollow,andhelpthemresolveconflictsthat may hinder their proper training.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING SAFETY

SafetyisanintegralpartofallelementsoftheNavalEducationandTrainingCommand(NETC)mission.NETCInstruction5100.1isthepolicydocumentgoverningtrainingsafety.TheNavalSafetyCenter(NSC)hasissuedpoliciesandprocedurestoeliminateorreduce

Page 27: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 17

thechancesofmishapsormishap-relatedinjuriestostudentsandinstructors during training. This policy states that safety and supervisory procedures shall be maintained at a level that ensures safetraining,whileprovidingtherealismneededtofulfillFleetoperational requirements within practical limits. These procedures are essential to an aggressive training program that prepares personnel to perform professionally during normal as well as high-riskactivities.

Never forget that as an instructor you are a role model for your students. Thisistrueinallaspectsoftraining,especiallytrainingsafety.Youmustdemonstrate proper safety procedures in additiontoteachingthem.Beawarethatyour behavior often has greater impact onstudentsthanyourwords.Youhavenogreater responsibility as an instructor than that related to the safety of the personnel you train. The safety habits they learn from you will go forward with them beyond the classroom.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURITY

ManyNavycoursescontainmaterialsthatincludeclassifiedinformationforsecuritypurposes.Whenteachingclassifiedinformation,youmustbeawareofseveralrequirements:

•Neverdiscussanyclassifiedmaterialthatisnotintheapprovedcurriculum.Remembertodiscloseclassifiedinformationonlytoproperlyclearedpersonnelwithaneedtoknowtheinformation.

•Never present or discuss information that carries a higher securityclassificationthanthatoftheapprovedcurriculum.

•Do not incorporate into your course materials any information thatcarriesahighersecurityclassificationthanthatoftheapproved curriculum. That includes information incorporated intoyourlessonplanthroughpersonalization,studenthandouts,trainingmaterials,andtestitems.

•Alwaysmakesureyoucanaccountforclassifiedtrainingmaterials or references used in the training environment at all times.

•Immediately report any situation you suspect may constitute a security violation.

Page 28: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 218

Protectionofclassifiedmaterialsdemandsconstantattentionbyeveryoneinvolved.Aswithsafety,yourbehaviorasaninstructorhas a great impact upon your students. Never say or do anything thatwilldownplaytheimportanceofthesecurityofclassifiedmaterials.Ineverysituationasaninstructor,youarearolemodel to your students. The security habits they learn from you will go forward with them beyond the classroom.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR CURRICULUM

A relatively small number of instructors have curriculum developmentduties.However,youmaybecomeinvolvedincurriculumrevision and will almost certainly be involved with curriculum maintenance.Therefore,youneedtounderstandthefollowingtermsanddefinitionsassociatedwiththemaintenanceofcurriculum.ThesourceofthisinformationistheNavySchoolManagementManual,NAVEDTRA135(series):

•Curriculum.Alltrainingconductedwithinaschool,outlinedintospecifictopics,alongwithdetailedtrainingobjectives.

•Surveillance. A process that provides ongoing evaluation of training or training materials to ensure continued effectiveness and currency of content to meet the training requirements.

•Interim Change. A minor change to correct editorial and typographicalerrors,teachability,safety,orurgenttypecommander-issuedsubjects.

•Change.AmodificationtotrainingmaterialsthatDOESNOTaffectcoursemission,itsobjectives,changecourselengthbyoneormoredays,orrequireadditionalresources.

•Technical Change.Anychangetotactical(i.e.,shipboard)ortraining-uniqueequipmentordocumentationoriginatingintheTrainingSupportAgency’s(normallyaSYSCOM)parentmaterialagency that affects curriculum. A technical change may or may notaffectindividuallessonobjectives,butDOESNOTaffectcourseobjectives,courselength,orresources.

• Revision.Achangetoanycoursemission,courselengthbyoneormoredays,ortrainingmaterialsthatrequireadditionalresources. A revision will incorporate previous changes and supersedes preceding editions of the training materials.

Curriculum maintenance is an ongoing effort to ensure the course curriculumisbothcurrentandaccurate.Anydeficiencynotedasa result of surveillance requires a change or revision to the curriculum or training.

Page 29: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 2 19

SUMMARY

TheNavyTrainingSysteminvolvesmanyelements.Whileallareimportant,theinstructoristhekeystoneoftheentireprogram. The success of the Navy depends to a great extent on the effectiveness of the instruction that individuals receive duringtraining.AsaNavyinstructor,youplayacriticalroleinproviding our operating forces with personnel trained to maintain ahighdegreeofFleetreadiness.Yoursuccessinthatrolewill depend upon your commitment to developing the professional qualitiesofaninstructor,fulfillingyourresponsibilitiesforboththecontentandqualityofthecurriculumyoudeliver,andmodelingappropriateCoreValuesandstandardsofconduct,particularlywithrespecttofraternizationandsexualharassment.Insodoing,youwillhaveafirmfoundationuponwhichtodevelopspecificteachingskillsandactivelyinvolveyourstudentsinthelearning process.

Page 30: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 220

Page 31: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 3 21

CHAPTER 3

MOTIVATION

INTRODUCTION

Motivating students to learn is possibly one of the most pondered and discussed areas among people involved in the education and training of others. How to get students interested and involved in the learning process has long been one of the greatest challenges for instructors.Motivationinvolvestheactivation,direction,andpersistenceofaspecifiedbehavior.Whilestudentsareresponsiblefortheirownlearning,youcangreatlyenhancetheirdesiretolearnbycreativelyusingmotivationaltechniques.Intheeducationalsense,motivationistheprocessofpromptingapersonto learn. The majority of your students will respond to general methodsofmotivation.Some,however,mayneedyoutoprovideappropriateincentivesforthemtolearn.Therefore,youmustlearntorecognizetheirneedsanddrives.

Generally,allbehaviorismotivated.Thegoalofinstructionistomotivatestudentstoachievecourseobjectives.Instructorssometimesmistakenlybelievethatastudentwhoisnotparticipatinginclassroomactivitiesorfinishinghomeworkassignmentsisnotmotivated.Strictlyspeaking,thestudentisnot motivated to behave in the manner desired by the instructor. A greatdealofstudyhasgoneintofindingwhatmotivateslearners.Inspiteofvaryinglevelsofpersonalmotivation,mostpeoplewill respond to certain conditions with increased motivation to learn.Asaninstructor,youshoulddoeverythingwithinyourpowerto establish the most desirable conditions possible to impact a positivelearningenvironment.Thischapterprovidesbackgroundinformation on the principles of motivation and offers some practical techniques for instructors to use in the motivation of their students.

Page 32: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 322

MOTIVATION THEORY AND PRINCIPLES

Psychologistsusetheconceptofmotivationtoaccountforchangesinthefrequencyandthevigorofaperson’sactivities.Wearealwaysdoingsomething,butsomeofouractivitiesoccurmoreoftenthanothersandcontinuelonger.Additionally,some

activities are pursued more vigorously than others. Outcomes that usually give risetopleasantfeelingswillbepursued;those that usually give rise to unpleasant feelings will be avoided. While a motive cannotbeobserveddirectly,whenactivatedbyasituation,wecanseeitseffectonbehavior.Wesaypersonsaremotivated,orwespeakoftheirmotivation.Manytheories of motivation provide insight into

how instructors can use strategies to motivate learners to meet instructionalgoals.TwoofthosetheoriesareAbrahamH.Maslow’sHierarchyofNeedsTheoryandJohnKeller’sAttentionRelevanceConfidenceandSatisfaction(ARCS)Model.

MASLOW’S HIERARCHY OF NEEDS THEORY

Simplystated,AbrahamH.Maslow’stheoryproposesthatindividualswillseektogratifyhigher order (growth) needs only when all lowerorder(deficiency)needshavebeenrelativelywell-satisfied.BasedonMaslow’stheory,peoplearedriventosatisfyunfulfilledneedsinaspecificorder.Maslow’shierarchycontainsalowerlevelofneeds,knownasdeficiencyneeds,andahigherlevel,knownasgrowthneeds.Deficiencyneedsincludephysiological,safety,belongingness,love,andesteemneeds.Growthneedsincludeself-actualization,desireforknowledgeandunderstanding,andaestheticneeds(Fig.3-1).

The implications of this particular theory to the training environmentareintriguing.Astheinstructor,youcontrolwhattakesplaceintheclassroomorlaboratory.Thatmeansyouplayan important role in gratifying the needs of your students. Studentsaremorelikelytotrytosatisfytheirdesiretoknowand understand once their physical and psychological needs have beenmet.Theyneedtofeelsafe,relaxed,andcomfortable(bothphysicallyandpsychologically);haveself-esteem;andhaveasenseof belonging.

Figure 3-1: Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs Theory

Page 33: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 3 23

ApplyingMaslow’stheoryintheclassroommaybelimitedbyyourknowledgeofthestudentsoryourabilitytomeettheirneeds.Chapter2discussedvariousinfluencesthataffectstudentsinthetrainingenvironment.Youneedtobeawareofthoseinfluencesandknowtheresourcesavailabletohelpstudentsinvolvedinconflictsthat interfere with their training. This will greatly increase your effectiveness in motivating students to learn.

ThekeyprinciplestoapplyingMaslow’smotivationtheoryinatrainingsituationaresummarizedbelow:

•Needs and Drives.Whenstudentshaveaneedordrive,theylacksomething.Aneedisusuallydefinedasadeficitorlackthatcausesadesireforsatisfaction.Theneedtobelong,forinstance,canmotivateastudenttoseekgroupacceptance.Thatneed,ordrive,cancausethestudenttobehaveinamannerthat eventually reduces the need and results in satisfaction.

•Interest.Interestreferstoaperson’sviewofanactivityasworthwhileorenjoyableforitsownsake.Aninstructorwhocapturesstudents’interestdrawsontheirinternalmotivation.Asaninstructor,youwilllearntocontrolstudentinterestthroughoutthelesson;thelearningprocessbreaksdownwhenstudentsloseinterest.Togenerateinterest,statethepurposeofthelessonatitsbeginning.Emphasizewhystudentsneedtolearnthematerialandhowtheywillbenefitfromtheinformation.Ifpossible,relateapersonalexperiencewiththetopic’simportance(i.e.,“SeaStory”).Afterstudentsunderstandtheneedtolearnsomething,theyaremorelikelytogive their full attention to your instruction.

•Values.Thestudents’values,attitudes,andprevious experiences affect the nature and amount of what they learn. The motivation youusemustfitastudent’svaluesystem.Studentshavemoreinterestinasubjectthat deals with goals they see as importantintheirlives.Forexample,alessonontheflagortheCodeofConduct would probably motivate a student who values patriotism.

•Attitudes. Attitudes consist of feelingsfororagainstpeople,objects,orideas.Showingapositiveattitudeaboutthesubject you present can cause the student to want to learn. Studentshavemoredesiretolearnwhentheirinstructorsshowan interest in what they teach.

Page 34: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 324

•Incentives.Incentivesorrewardscanalsostimulatemotivation.Incentivessuchasgoodgrades,awards,orselection as a distinguished graduate may motivate some students.

•Achievement.Achievementisastrongdesire,alonging,anaim,agoal,oradesiredobjective.Tomakeanefforttosucceed,students must have a need and a desire to achieve at a certain level.

KELLER’S ARCS MODEL

InJohnKeller’sARCSmodel(Fig.3-2),therearefourprinciplesinthemotivationtheory.TheyareAttention,Relevance,ConfidenceandSatisfaction.Thefour principles can be used to meet the challenge,andyoucanusethestrategiestogainandmaintainalearners’attentionand encourage them to engage in the thinkingandactivitiesneededtopromote learning.

•Attention.Attractingattentionisanimportantfirststep,butdon’tbefooled.Learnerswillcertainlypayattentionifyoudosomethingsurprisinglikeblowaboatswain’spipe.Butunlesswhatyoudoafterthatmakessensetolearnersorisrelevanttothem,youwon’tkeeptheirattentionandtheyareunlikelytolearnwhatfollows.Learnersmustthinkaboutwhattheyhear,see,ordotooptimizelearning.Thevivid descriptions of relevant sea stories or questions posed directly to the learner are among the best strategies that can capturetheirattentionandfocustheirthinking.

•Relevance. Relevance motivates trainees by connecting what they are learning to what they will be doing on the job. When they seetherelevance,theyaremorelikelytoputforththeeffortittakestounderstandandapplywhatisbeingtaught.

•Confidence.Whenstudentsfeelconfidenttheycandosomethingcompetently,evenifittakessomeeffort,theyaremorelikelytogiveitatry.Instructorscanguidelearnersbyhelpingthemsetchallengingbutachievablegoals,buildingtheirconfidence,andhelpingthembecomeawareoftherelationshipbetween effort and success.

•Satisfaction. Feeling good about an experience often serves asitsownmotivator.Sometasksarerewardinginthemselves,and students will stay motivated until they achieve their goals.Othertimes,recognitionfromotherscontributesto

Figure 3-2: Keller’s ARCS Model

Page 35: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 3 25

theirsenseofsatisfaction.Asaninstructor,youcanincreaselearners’satisfactionbycreatingopportunitiesforthemtosucceed,maintaininghighstandards,andrecognizingstudents’attainment of those standards.

APPLYING MOTIVATION TECHNIQUES TO INSTRUCTION

The techniques of motivation have application in each part of a lessontopic:theintroduction,thepresentation,andthesummary.Let’slookateachpartmorecloselytoseehowyoucanapplymoti-vation techniques to it.

LESSON INTRODUCTION

Asaninstructor,youcanusemotivationatthebeginningofalessonasameansofintroducingthematerial,stimulatinginterest,arousingcuriosity,anddevelopingaspecificlearninggoal.Besidesshowingtheneedforlearningtheinformation,theintroductionshouldserveasaconnectinglinkbetweenthepresentlesson and previous lessons.

Usethelessonintroductiontodiscussspecificreasonswhystudents need to learn the information you plan to present. To reinforcetheirdesiretolearn,showstudentshowtheinformationrelatestotheircareeradvancementorsomeotherneed.Givethestudentsspecificexamplesofhowtheywillapplywhattheyarelearningonthejob.Inmanycases,youmaymotivatestudentsbytelling them they will need the information to understand future lessons or to pass later assessments.

Ideally,thelessonintroductionshouldprovidearoadmapforlearning. A clear introduction can contribute greatly to a lesson by removing doubts in the minds of learners about where the lesson isgoingandhowtheyaregoingtogetthere.Itshouldexplainhowyouhaveorganizedyourideas.Studentsunderstandbetterandretainmorewhentheyknowwhattoexpect.Effectivevisualaidsmay be helpful at this point.

The purpose of the introduction is to motivate students to learn by listening to the information you will present in the body of thelesson.Attention-gettingmethodsforbeginningalessonmayinclude:

•Focusontheimportanceofthesubject.•Usestartlingstatistics.

Page 36: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 326

•Askrhetoricalquestions.Arhetoricalquestionisoneyoudirectatthestudents,butdonotreallyexpectthemtoanswer.Forexample,“Haveyouever…?”or“Canyouimagine…?”

•Usequotations.Astrikingquotationwillarouseinterest,particularlyonebyawell–knownperson.

•Askoverheadquestions.Anoverheadquestionisaninterest-arousing question directed to the entire class.

•Tellastory.Astoryisaninterestingwayofintroducingalesson,especiallywhenitrelatestoexperiencesstudentshavehad.Whilehumormaybeappropriate,don’ttellirrelevantstories,jokes,orincidentsthatdistractfromthelesson.

Alloftheseattention-gettingdevicesare potentially useful during the lesson introduction.However,decidewhichonesto use based solely on the subject and thestudents.Yourprimaryconcernistofocus student attention on the subject. Theintroductiontoalesson,nomatterwhatformthelessonplantakes,mustaccomplishcertaingoals.Itshould:

•Developstudents’interest.•Statethelessonobjectivesandtheirsignificance.

•Directstudentthinkingalongdesiredlines.•Outlinethescopeofthelesson.•Showstudentsthevalueofthesubjectmatter.•Explainthemethodormethodsyouwilluse.•Letthestudentsknowwhatyouexpectofthem.•Tellthestudentshowmanyperiodsthelessonisscheduledforandwhenyouexpecttofinish.

Afteryouhavewontheattentionofthestudents,youmustthendirect them to the subject of the lesson.

Page 37: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 3 27

LESSON PRESENTATION

Tomaintainstudentinterest,do not readalessonplanverbatim.Makesureyou are thoroughly familiar with the materialyouarepresenting.Knowyourlesson plan as well as the information in the references from which you will teach.Tomeetthespecificobjectivesofthelesson,youmustknowexactlywhat you are going to teach and how youaregoingtoteachit.Further,youmustbecarefulnottoover-teach;thatis,toprovideextraneousinformationmerelybecauseyouareknowledgeableinaparticulararea.Helpstudentsdefine

themostimportantpartsofthematerialtotakeawaywiththembystickingtowhattheyreallyneedtoknowintheclassroom.

Presentthematerialinalogicalsequencebeginningwiththeknownandmovingtotheunknown.Althoughslightvariationsandexcursionsoffthemainlineofalessoncanpromoteinterest,keepthemtoaminimum.Duringthepresentation,oneofthebestmotivatorsistheuseoftrainingaids,e.g.,graphics,models,animations,etc.Anotheristoperiodicallyaskquestionsthatcheckforstudents’understanding.

LESSON SUMMARY

Alessonsummaryisusedtorecapturestudents’attentionandbuild to a motivational climax. While you may want to give short orinterimsummariesatvariousplacesinalesson,givefinalsummaries after you have covered all of the main points of the lesson.Quicklyreviewingthemainpointsandaskingquestionscanreinforcestudents’learningandhelpthemretainmoreinformation.

Remember the purpose of the summary is to instill in students a desire to retain and use what they have learned. Although you motivatestudentsthroughoutthelesson,thesummaryisyourlastchancetoemphasizehowimportanttheinformationistothemasindividuals. The ultimate goal of instruction is to cause students toremainmotivatedbeyondtheinstructor’sinfluenceandapplywhatthey have learned on the job and in other areas of their lives.

Page 38: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 328

SUMMARY

Youmustconstantlymotivateyourstudentstolearn.Graspeveryopportunitytomotivatestudents.Asaninstructor,youmustfindwhichmethodsanddevicesworkbestwithyourstudentsincertain

situations. After instructionbegins,assessstudents’achievementlevel,learningstyles,andmotivational patterns to determine their readiness to learn.

RememberMaslow’stheoryandKeller’smodel.Besensitive

toyourstudents’needsandprovidethemwithaproperlearningenvironment. Those students with adequate motivation should then bereadytolearn.FollowingMaslow’stheoryand/orKeller’smodeldoesnotmeanyoushouldcoddlestudentsintolearning.Rather,itmeansyoulookuponeachstudentasahumanbeingwithcertaininherent rights.

Asaninstructor,beprofessional,intellectuallyhonest,andawareofyourinfluenceonstudents.Setagoodexampleatalltimesbymaintaininganeat,clean,andproperpersonalappearanceandmilitarybearing.Becourteous;usepropertitleswhenaddressingmilitaryorcivilianstudents.Setrulesearlyinthecourseandmaintainthem.Welcomeandprofitfromtheevaluationsofthestudentsandotherinstructors.Avoidarguments,controldistractions,andbefairinallyourdealingswithstudents--aboveallbeconsistent.Thiswillhelpyougainandkeeptherespectof your students and colleagues and greatly contribute to your students’overallmotivationbothinandoutoftheclassroom.

Page 39: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 29

CHAPTER 4

PRINCIPLES OF LEARNING

INTRODUCTION

YourgoalasaNavyinstructoristocontributetotheacademicsuccessofyourstudentsand,ultimately,tothesuccessoftheNavyinachievingitsmission.Asaninstructor,yourprimaryobjective is to ensure your students understand the concepts of yourlessonsandlectures.Bygraspingtheseconcepts,studentswillhaveanopportunitytodevelopknowledge,gainskillsets,andinsomecases,changebehaviorsandperceptions.Keepinmindthatcoursecontentalonemaynotaccomplishthesegoals,butyourability to engage your students effectively will greatly increase their chances for success.

Asaninstructor,yourmasteryofthesubjectmatter,inconjunctionwithyourabilitytodeliveraneffectivelesson,islikelytobecomeadeterminingfactorinyourstudents’abilitytolearnandsucceed.Howpeoplearetaughtoftenhasasmuch,ifnotmore,ofaninfluenceontheirlearningoutcomethanthecontent itself. That is because the abilities of the instructor are,inmanycases,akeyfactorindeterminingtheoutcomeofthestudents’learningexperience.Thisrequiresyou,astheinstructor,tohaveathoroughunderstandingofthelearningprocessbeforeyoueverpresentyourfirstlesson.

The information in this chapter is designed to give you a foundational understanding of learning styles and instructional modalities from both historical and modern perspectives. The intent hereistwofold.First,toofferyouanunderstandingofhowstudentslearn,andsecond,tooutlinevariousinstructionalstylesyoucanusetobestfityourstudents’differinglearningstyles,knownasinstructionaldifferentiation.

MalcolmKnowlesin“TheAdultLearner”(1973)popularizedthetermandragogy,atermreferringtoasetofcoreprinciplesthatapplytoadultlearning.Inhisearlywork,Knowlesdrewattentionto factors that distinguished adult learning (andragogy) from child learning (pedagogy). Whether we are discussing adult or child learning,theexplanationoflearningisverysimilar.

Page 40: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 430

DEFINITION OF LEARNING

Whatis“learning?”Learningoccurswhenthereisachangeinbehaviorasaresultofexperience.Thischangeisreflectedinaperson’snewlyacquiredperceptionsorthoughts,physicalbehaviors,emotionalreactionsorattitudes.Learningmayormaynotbedirectlyobservable.Forexample,itiseasytoobserveastudentdrivingacar(physicalskill),butattitudinalchangesmust often be observed over time and may only display themselves well after the course has ended.

LAWS OF LEARNING

Attheonsetofthe20thcentury,EdwardL.Thorndike,apioneerinthefieldofeducationalpsychology,suggestedthreelawsof learning. These “laws” were deemedaccurateandreflectiveofthewholelearningprocess,andassuch,weregenerallyacceptedasfacts. They were delineated as: TheLawofReadiness,TheLawofExercise,andTheLawofEffect.Sincethattime,furtherresearchrevealed the learning process to beabitmorecomplex.Assuch,anadditionalthreelawswereaddedtoThorndike’soriginals.Theyare:TheLawofPrimacy,TheLawofIntensity,andTheLawofRecency.Letuslookateachofthelawsof learning more closely.

LAW OF READINESS

The Law of Readiness states that people can only learn when they arephysicallyandmentallyready.Individualslearnbestwhentheyarereadytolearn,andtheywillnotlearnmuchiftheyseenoreasonforlearning.Whenstudentshaveastrongpurpose,aclearobjective,andasoundreasonforlearning,theyusuallymakemoreprogressthanstudentswholackmotivation.Readystudentsarewillingparticipantsinthelearningprocess,whichmakestheinstructor’sjobeasier.Studentswithworriesorconcernsoutsidetheclassroom,orthosewhosufferpersonalproblems,havelittleinterestinlearningand,thus,maynotbereadytolearn.

Page 41: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 31

LAW OF EXERCISE

TheLawofExercisestressesthatpracticemakespermanentandperfect (when taught correctly). Those topics most often repeated are easiest to remember. Rarely can the mind recall new concepts afterasingleexposure;however,everytimeitispracticed,learning continues and is further enforced. The instructor must provideopportunitiesforstudentstopracticeorrepeatthetask.Repetitionconsistsofmanytypesofactivities,including:recall,review,restatement,manualdrill,andphysicalapplication.

LAW OF EFFECT

The Law of Effect involves the emotional reaction of the learner. Learning will always be much more effective when a feeling of satisfaction,pleasantness,orrewardaccompaniesorisaresultof the learning process. Learning is strengthened when it is accompaniedbyapleasantorsatisfyingfeelinganditisweakenedwhen it is associated with an unpleasant experience. An experience thatproducesfeelingsofdefeat,frustration,anger,orconfusionin a trainee is unpleasant. instructors should be cautious about usingnegativemotivation.Usuallyitisbettertoshowstudentsthat a problem is not impossible but is within their capability to understand and solve.

LAW OF PRIMACY

TheGreekwordkairosisdefinedasthemost“timely”or“opportune”moment.Therefore,TheLawofPrimacyisakairoticeventforlearning.Thislawstatesthatthefirstinstructionaleventoftencreatesastrong,almostunshakeable,impressiononthelearner.Fortheinstructors,thismeanswhattheyteachthefirsttimemustbecorrect,asthestudents’firstlearningexperienceshouldbepositiveandfunctionallyrelatedtotraining.Ifasubjectisincorrectlytaught,itmustbecorrected.Itisfarmoredifficult,timeconsuming,andcostlytoprovideremediationforaparticularsubjectthanitistotakethetimetoproperlyprepareforandteachitcorrectlythefirsttime.

LAW OF INTENSITY

TheLawofIntensitystatesthatifthestimulus(experience)isreal,achangeinbehavior(learning)isfarmorelikelytooccur.Avivid,dramaticorexcitinglearningexperienceteachesmorethan a routine or boring experience. A trainee will learn more from therealthingthanfromasubstitute.Demonstrations,skits,andmodels do much to intensify the learning experiences of students.

Page 42: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 432

LAW OF RECENCY

Allthingsbeingequal,thethingslearnedlastwillbebestremembered. The opposite is also true. The longer a student is away fromanewfactorunderstanding,theharderitistoremember.Forexample,itisfairlyeasytorememberatelephonenumberdialedafewminutesago,butitisusuallyimpossibletorememberanewnumberdialedlastweek.Reviews,warm-ups,andsimilaractivities are all based on the principle that the more recent the exercise,themoreeffectivetheperformance.Practicingaskillor new concept just before using it will ensure a more effective performance.InstructorsrecognizetheLawofRecencywhentheyplanalessonsummaryoraconclusionofthelecture.Repeat,restate,orreemphasizeimportantmattersattheendofalessontomakesurethatstudentsrememberthem,insteadofinconsequentialdetails.

LEARNING THEORY

Asmentionedearlier,therearenumeroustheoriesonlearning.Everylearningtheoryfits,oralignswith,oneofthetwomodelswewill consider here. The behaviorist theory is very traditional and time-honored.Conversely,theconstructivisttheoryismorerecent,modern,butstillwell-tested.

BEHAVIORIST THEORY

AlthoughmostnotablyassociatedwithB.F.Skinner,JohnWatsonandtheircontemporaries,theearliestformsofbehaviorismwereactuallypresentinancientGreece.Take,forexample,theSocraticMethodforteachingdebateasaskill.Inthismethod,theteacherselected a student and provided him with a topic. The teacher then taught the student the two types of rational appeals used in formulatingaproperargument,whichwerebasedoninductiveanddeductive reasoning.

•Inductivereasoningisaprocessofgeneralizinginformationby moving from detailed facts to general principles to draw an understandingofasubject.Here’sanexample:5+7=12.5and7areoddnumbers,but12isanevennumber.Therefore,anodd number added to another odd number will result in an even number.

•Deductivereasoningmovesfromthegeneraltothespecific,essentiallydeterminingacauseandaneffect.Itisoftenseenasdiametricallyopposedtoinductivereasoning,butbotharevalid and valued methods of reasoning. Here is an example of deductivereasoning:Allmenaremortal.Socratesisaman.Therefore,Socratesismortal.

Page 43: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 33

Thestudent’sabilitytoreasonwasthendemonstratedthroughalong exchange of questions and answers between the teacher and the student. The student was engaged in a debate to allow the teacher tojudgethestudent’sabilitytoadequatelybuildargumentsbasedon one of the two forms of reasoning.

Theteacherdidthisfirstbyprovidingthestudentwithbackgroundinformationorcluesaboutthesubject,thenpresentingaquestion,andfinallybyprovidingthestudentwithfeedback.Thegoal of this exchange was for the student to formulate a response toadequatelyanswertheteacher’squestion,usingvariousmethodsofargument.Thisteaching-learningexchange,fundamentally,isthebasis for the behaviorist model of instruction.

The behaviorist model of instruction is one of the most commonformsofteachingusedtoday,andisoftenreferredtoasInstructor-LedLearning(ILL).Behavioristsareoftenassociatedwithdirectinstruction,muchasonewouldseeinaninstructor-ledclassroom.Behavioriststypicallyworktoestablishthepedagogicprocess within the learning environment by introducing a stimulus (question,problem,riddle,etc.)andawaitingaresponseinthestudents’behavior.Assuch,muchoftheteaching-learningexchangein this modality is conducted through a system of structured lessonsthatprovidedetailedoutlinesofthelesson’sobjectivesand expectations prior to instruction.

Navy instruction is traditionally driven by the behaviorist learningtheory,wheretheinstructorengagesthestudentsinanongoing-exchangeofquestionsandanswerswiththegoalofdeveloping in the students a more comprehensive understanding of the subject matter as the lessons progress.

CONSTRUCTIVIST THEORY

Insteadofviewingknowledgeassomethingtobereceived,theconstructivist model of learning enables the student to construct knowledgethroughinteraction.Learnersbuildtheirowninternalrenditions of external events often by relating them to prior experiences. The constructivist theory is often associated with JohnDeweyandMalcolmKnowles.

Constructivismisverymuchstudent-focused,self-directedlearning. The student actively “constructs” or builds new ideas andmeaningasaresultofanopendialogueandongoingreflectiononone’sownpriorexperiencesorknowledge.Itisabuilding-blockmodelforlearningandhasincreasedinpopularitythroughoutclassroomsacrosstheUnitedStatessincethe1960s.

Page 44: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 434

Therearechallengestoconstructivism,though,justastherearewithotherlearningtheories.Forexample,disequilibriumoccursifnewinformationdoesnotmakesenseinrelationtoprior experience. This state of imbalance requires learners to readjustmentalschema,orcreatenewschemainordertounderstandinformation.Therefore,aninstructormusthelplearnersunderstandtheirexistingcognitivestructuresandactivatepriorknowledgeatthe time of learning.

Iflearnerscanmaketheconnection,theymakesenseofnewinformation,whichthenbecomesstoredwithrelevantpriorknowledgeinanetwork(Bransford,Goldman,&Hasselbring,1996;Gagne,1995).Inthisperspective,priorknowledgeisanimportantinfluenceinlearning.Constructivistmodelsoflearningadvocateinteractivelearningenvironmentsinwhichstudentsmaketheirownmeaningbyconnectingnewknowledgetopriorexperiences(Greeno,Collins,&Resnick,1996).Aconstructiviststrategythatfocusesonthesocialfactorsaffectinglearning,definesknowledgeastheresultofsocialconsensus,andthusfindsallthenecessaryingredientsinsociallife(Gruender,1996).

Studentsaretypicallygivenopportunitiestoorganizetheirownproblem-solvingandtoworkcollaborativelytoachievemutualgoals.Asasocialactivity,studentslearntoaskquestions,exchangeideas,andsolveproblems(Walker&Lambert,1995).Theyalsolearnhowtoaskcriticalquestionsabouttheworkofothers,whichinturnhelpslearnerstoaskcriticalquestionsofthemselves.Whenthesetwoprocessesoccur,theinstructorassumesthe facilitation role.

An instructor in a facilitation role encourages students to bepersonallyresponsibleandself-directedinlearningandusesavarietyofteachingmethodsandlearningresources.Seminalresearch on adult learning indicates that mature learners prefer to be in charge of their own learning with minimal direction from instructors(Cross,1998;Wlodkowski,1993).However,therearetimes when instructors in a facilitation role must maintain control to varying degrees because of the nature of the subject matter andthelearners’limitedbackgrounds.Forexample,learnerswithentry-levelknowledgemayrequireamorestructuredexperiencewithless autonomy.

Page 45: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 35

WAYS OF LEARNNG

Alllearningshouldbemeaningful.Tomakelearningasmeaningfulaspossible,youneedtounderstandhowstudentslearn.Ofthefivedifferentwaysoflearningaddressedhere,no one particular way is necessarily better thantheothers.Yourstudentswillusesomecombination of these ways of learning in everyclassyouteach.Yourunderstandingof the ways people learn will assist you in helping your students learn and retain the information presented.

Imitation:Asignificantpartofwhatapersonlearnsoccursthroughimitation.Thiswayoflearningbeginsearlyinpeople’slivesandlaststhroughouttheirlifetime.Learningtakesplaceevenwithoutdirectreinforcementoftherepeatedbehavior.Therefore,asaNavyinstructor,youmustcreateatrainingenvironmentforstudentsto observe others and always strive to set the proper example becauseyouaretheirrolemodel.Additionally,youneedtoprovidepositive reinforcement to students for properly imitated behavior.

Trial and Error:Sometimesreferredtoasdiscoverylearning,trialanderrorislearningbydoing.Studentsachievesuccesssoonerwhentheproperexampleissetforthemtoimitate.Properexamplesreducethenumberoferrorsstudentsmake,andthus,helpdevelopself-confidence.Althoughmasteryofmostskillsrequiresthiswayoflearningtosomedegree,itdoesinvolvesomehazards.Thinkbacktowhenyoulearnedhowtorideabicycletohelpyouvisualizesomeofthehazardsofthiswayoflearning.Itcanbedangeroustothestudentsandtheequipment.Itcanalsobecomefrustratingifrepeatedtrialsdon’tleadtosomesuccess.

Association: Association is a comparison of past learning to a newlearningsituation.Itisamentalprocessthatservesasareference point for students. Learners can confront new problems more easily if those new problems contain elements similar to those previouslymastered.Forexample,tohelpstudentsmoreeasilyunderstandelectricityflowinginacircuit,youmightcompareittowaterflowingthroughapipe.Usecomparisons,contrasts,andexamples to reinforce your explanations. Although you will have manyopportunitiestouseassociationduringyourlessons,rememberthat you will have students with different experience levels in yourclass.Makesureyouuseassociationstowhichallstudentscan relate.

Page 46: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 436

Insight:Insightistheunderstandingthatthewholeismorethanthe sum of the parts. Learning by insight occurs when the learner suddenly grasps the way elements of a problem situation are connected.Thetermdescribesaperson’sunplanneddiscoveryofasolutiontoaproblem--oftenreferredtoasthe“ah-ha”phenomenon.Thatphenomenonresultsfromamentalreorganizationofideasandconceptsratherthanfromsimpletrialanderror.Someindividualsgaininsightmorerapidlythanothers.Individualbackgroundsaffecteachlearner’sabilitytogaininsight,asdoesthesequencein which you present basic learning experiences. To help students gaininsight,youmuststimulatethinking.Useappropriatequestionstogettheirmindsworking.Encouragethoughtratherthanrotememorizationbyusingquestionsthatrequireassociations,comparisons,andcontrasts.

Transfer: Transfer is the process of applying past learning to new but somewhat similar situations. This process is important in Navy training as the training environment can rarely duplicate theactualjobenvironment.Yourgoalistoteachstudentstheimportanceofapplyingtheirlearningonthejob.Wherepossible,provide realistic exercises by using the actual (or same type of) equipmentstudentswilluseonthejob.TheNavy’sdamagecontrolteamtrainingisagoodexampleofhowthistypeoflearningtakesplace.

THE SCIENCE OF LEARNING

The Executive Review of Navy Training (ERNT) charter placed emphasisontheScienceofLearningandHumanPerformanceprocess.TheScienceofLearningcanbedefinedasthebodyofknowledgederivedthroughscientificresearchaboutthewaythatpeoplelearn,thefactorsthataffectlearning,andthewaysinwhichinstructional methods and technology can be used to facilitate learning(Hays,2006).TheScienceofLearninghasbeenarapidlygrowingresearchfieldoverthelastthreedecades.Atitscore,theScienceofLearningseekstounderstandhowindividualsandteamscome to acquire the competencies needed to perform their jobs. Theoristshaveidentifiedbasicprinciplesofknowledgeandskillacquisition,andhavedeterminedhowtomaximizethetransferof learned competencies to the job. The long held notion that “tellingisteachingandlisteningislearning”doesnotrecognizewhatresearchersnowunderstand:individualsretainknowledgebestwhentheylearntheorywhileapplyingit,individualsinternalizecomplexinformationathigherrateswhentheylearnitinacollaborativeenvironment;andlearningismaximizedwhenorganizationalstructuresarealigned.

Page 47: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 37

FACTORS AFFECTING LEARNING

Many factors affect learning. No two people learn in exactly the same way or at the same rate. Each is subject to a variety of positiveandnegativeinfluencesintheprocess.Youneedtobeawareofthemanyfactorsaffectinglearning.Themoreyouknow,thebetterchanceyouhaveofpositivelyinfluencingthelearningprocess.

LEARNER MOTIVATION

Perhapsthesinglemostimportantfactorinastudent’seducationaladvancementismotivation.Unfortunately,itisoneof the hardest for instructors to get a handle on or to channel effectively.Humansbasicallytrytosucceedand,conversely,try vigorously to avoid failure. While we need to remember that occasionalfailureishuman,wemustdoeverythingpossibletoorganizestudenteffortstowardsuccess.Simplethingslikewordselection in the training environment can add to or detract from the learning effort. Motivation often has as much or more impact than scholastic ability.

Studentsbringdifferentabilitiesandexperiencelevelstothetraining environment. Motivation often determines whether or not a student achieves course objectives. Many times students with thehighestASVABscoresdonotmakethegradewhilestudentswithacademicwaiversdoverywell.TalktoanyseasonedNavyinstructorand he or she can probably recall at least one special student who“madeit”inspiteofminimalbackgroundorless-than-averageability.Littledoubtexiststhatmotivation,eitherinternallyorexternallystimulated,initiatesanddirectsbehavior.Conversely,whenmotivationisderaileditcanlikelyreduceorenddesiredbehavior.

SENSORY LEARNING

Sensorylearningisthefirsttypeoflearningthatoccursforanyhumanbeing.Itsinfluenceisapparentinchildrenaswewatchthemgrowup.Eachsense,eithersingularlyorinvariouscombinations,providesapathwaytolearning.Withthatinmind,anexaminationof sensory learning and its special considerations may provide insight into the learning process.

Thesenseoftouch,whileimportantinitself,becomesamajorlearning factor when combined with other senses. Children do not associate the word “hot” with anything in particular until they associatethewordwiththeirsenseoftouch.Throughexperience,webecomesensitivetotemperature,pressure,andtheoverallfeel

Page 48: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 438

ofthings.Forinstance,anexperiencedengineerdoesnotneedatemperaturegaugetodetermineifabearingisrunninghot,justas an experienced damage control investigator does not need one to decide that the temperature of a watertight door is above normal.

The senses of taste and smell may not seem important in Navy trainingandinmanycasestheyarenot.Considerifyouwill,though,theimportanceoftastetothetrainingofcooksandbakers.Thesenseofsmell,whichiscloselyassociatedwithtaste,isverystrongandprimitiveinnature.Itispartofourhumanwarningsystem.Forexample,electriciansimmediatelyrecognizethe smell of burning insulation. Others become sensitive to the smellofvariousgases.Therefore,thesenseofsmellisavaluablelearning tool in certain applications. Let us consider the various types of sensory learners:

•Visual Learner.Sightisconsideredthemostimportantsense,accountingforasmuchas75percentofourbasiclearning.Mostearlylearningcomesfromseeingandimitating.Therefore,you would be wise to consider using appropriate visual aids inyourpresentations.Forexample,visuallearnerspreferandenjoygraphicillustrations,colorcoding,maps,writtenmaterialstodefinenewconcepts,wallcharts,drawingsanddesignsandsittingupcloseduringbriefs.Besuretorecognizeandaccommodatestudentswithanyvisualimpairment.

•Auditory Learner.Hearingisthesecondmostimportantsense,accounting for a large percentage of the remaining sensory learningcapacity.Expertsdifferonspecificnumbers,butthesignificanceofsightandsoundtogetherisoverwhelming.Yourspeech patterns and volume are critical classroom learning factors.Forexample,auditorylearnerspreferaverbalpresentationofnewinformation,alecture,agroupdiscussiontohearotherpointsofview,fast-pacedverbalexchangeofideas,agoodjokeorstorytheycanrepeat,verbalcuesorpneumonicdevicestohelpthemrememberinformation,wordstoaccompanyacartoon,andoralreportsfromworkinggroups.Justaswithsightimpairments,youmustaccommodatestudentswithhearing impairments.

•Kinesthetic Learner.Althoughitisnotnormallyidentifiedasoneofthesenses,thephenomenonofkinesthesiaisanextensionofsensorylearning.Thinkofitasasensoryperceptionresidinginone’smuscles,joints,andtendonsthatgives people a special awareness of their spatial relationship withtheirsurroundings.Kinesthesiaisactuallyablendofallsenseswithpsychomotorandperceptualskills.Itmanifestsitselfinpeople’sabilitytobalanceormovewithcoordination.Forexample,kinestheticlearnerslikemovement,

Page 49: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 39

hands-onexperiencetolearn,gestureswhilemakingapoint,role-playexercisesoverdiscussiongroups,shakinghandswhenmeetingorgreetingpeople,tryingnewthingswithoutalengthyexplanationoftheactivity,frequentbreaks,regularopportunitiestochangeseatingorroomarrangement,andtheywouldratherjustdoitratherthantalkaboutit.

Remember,studentsdeveloptheirskillsthroughpractice.Youcannot realistically expect students in a welding class to have the coordinationtoweldthebacksideofapipeintheoverheadwhileusingamirrorwithoutsomepracticetofirstdevelopthemorebasicskillofwelding.

Retention,withrespecttosensorylearning,isopentomanyinterpretationsandopinions.Ithasbeenestimatedthatpeopleretainonlytenpercentofwhattheyread,twentypercentofwhattheyhear,andthirtypercentofwhattheysee.Whenthosesensesarecombined,however,retentiontakesadramaticleapforward.Thosesameestimatestellusthatwhensomeonehearsandsees,retentionmayjumpashighasfiftypercent.Thatmakesagreatargument for incorporating appropriate audiovisual media into your instruction.Byaskingproperquestionstoaugmentsightandsoundtostimulatethinking,youcanpushstudentretentionclosetothe seventy percent level. Requiring students to use all of their sensesinskilltrainingalongwithproceduralstepsandprinciplescan increase their retention to as much as ninety percent. That implies a fair degree of mastery learning.

LEARNING STYLES OR PREFERENCES

Much has been written about individual learning styles (preferences) and the ways in which particular styles affect the waywelearnorprefertolearn.Justasstudentshavedifferentwaysoflearningnewmaterial,theyalsohavedifferentstylesoflearning.Oneperson’slearningstylemaynotbeeffectiveforanotherperson.Youmustbeflexibleandperceptiveenoughtousevarious instructor techniques that appeal to more than one learning style. Varying your instructing techniques increases the chances forallstudentstomastertheobjectivesofthetraining.Youespeciallyneedtoknowastudent’slearningstylewhenyouprovideremediation or tutoring for a student having academic problems. Mostpeoplehaveadominantstyleoflearning,butuseallofthe basic learning preferences to some extent depending upon the situation.LetusexamineDavidKolb’sExperientialLearningTheorythatidentifiesfourdistinctlearningstyles,whicharebasedonafour-stagelearningcycle:

Page 50: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 440

Concrete Experience.Manylearnerspreferanexperience-basedapproach to learning. They rely heavily on their own feelings and personaljudgments.Personalinvolvementisthekeyforthem.Theylearnbestbyimitationafterwatchingotherstakepartinrole-playingandsimulations.Theyverymuchliketobeinvolvedwiththe“realthing.”Forexample,supposeyouweretryingtoteachyourstudentshowtooperateafirepump.Concretelearnerswouldprefertowatchyoudemonstratetheoperation.Thentheywouldlikean opportunity to operate the pump by imitating your performance.

Active Experimentation. Other learners prefer to learn by becoming involvedwiththesubjectandtakinganactivestep-by-stepapproach.Theylearnbestfromsmallgroupdiscussions,structuredexercises,andproblem-solvingapproaches.Activelearnersareexperimenterswhoprefertosystematicallytryoutnewskills.Atrial-and-errorwayoflearningappealstothem.Tooperatethefirepump,activelearnerswouldsystematicallytryoutseveraldifferent ways of operation.

Reflective Observation.Somelearnersliketoobserveandreflect(makecomparisonsandcontrasts)beforedrawingconclusions.Theylearnbestfromlectures,films,andreading.Reflectivelearnersprefer to play the role of the impartial observer while watching others.Tooperatethefirepump,reflectivelearnerswouldwatchothersoperatethepumpandreflect(think)aboutthedifferentwaysofoperation.Theywouldthenanalyzetheirobservationsbeforeattempting to operate the pump themselves.

Abstract Conceptualization.Abstractlearnerspreferatheory-based,analyticalapproachtolearning.Theylearnbestfromlecturesbyexperts,theoreticalreading,casestudies,andactivitiesthatrequiresolitarythinking.Abstractlearnersliketofindthe“theory”behindthesubjectmatterandanalyzetheapproachtodiscoverwhatconceptsareinvolved.Inoperatingthefirepump,theywouldprefertoreadaboutitsprinciplesofoperationandtoanalyzetheconceptsinvolvedinitsoperationbefore attempting to operate it.

Research shows that students learn best and retain information longer when they are exposed to learning situations that include all four learning styles. That research found that retention of information improved dramatically when instructors employed methods designed to involve more than one learning style. Note the following percentages:

Page 51: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 41

•Abstract=Twentypercentretained•Abstractandreflective=Fiftypercentretained•Abstract,reflective,andconcrete=Seventypercentretained•Abstract,reflective,concrete,andactive=Ninetypercentretained

HOW CAN STUDENTS LEARN MORE EFFECTIVELY?

Welearnnewthingsconstantly—newnames,newprocedures,newconcepts.Doyouconsideryourselfafastlearner?Ifso,whatdoyoudothathelpsyoutolearnnewinformation?Ifnot,isthereanything you can do to help your learning process so that you can learnfasterandmoreefficiently?Thefollowingdiscussionprovidessome methods or techniques you can share with students to help them learnnewinformationmoreefficiently.

Aspreviouslydiscussed,learninginvolvesprocessingnewinformationsothatitcanbestoredinlong-termmemory.Inordertolearnmoreefficiently,itisnecessarytoprocessandstorenewinformationinsuchawaythatitcanberetrievedfromlong-termmemory when needed. Consider the following learning strategies:

Repetition:Youhaveprobablyusedavarietyoflearningstrategiesinthepastwithoutevenrealizingwhatyouweredoing.Forinstance,youmayhaverepeatedsomethingoverandoverinyourminduntilit“stuck.”Repetitionisonewaytotransferinformationfromshort-termmemorytolong-termmemory.Repetitioncanbeenhanced by saying the information aloud or writing it. The more sensesusedinimprintingtheinformationinlong-termmemory,themorelikelyyouwillbeabletorecallitlater.Reviewisanotherformofrepetition.Withoutreview,mostinformationwouldbelostfrommemoryveryquickly.

Memory Aids: Another common learning strategy is the use of memory aids. Devise “methods” to help you remember a particular piece ofinformation.Forinstance,whentryingtorememberwhethertoturnavalvehandleclockwiseorcounter-clockwisetoshutoffthevalve,manypeoplewilluseamemoryaidtheylearnedinchildhood:“righty-tighty;lefty-loosey.”

Memorizing vs. Understanding Althoughmemoryaidsmaybehelpfulwhentryingtomemorizealistoftermsorsteps,theydohavesomedisadvantages.Forinstance,somelistsdonoteasilylendthemselvestomakingacronymsormnemonicsentences.Also,ifyoucannotrememberthecorrectacronymormnemonic,youwillnotbeabletorememberthe list. The biggest problem with memory aids is that they aid

Page 52: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 442

memorization,buttheydonotpromoteunderstanding.Seekingunderstanding is the most effective way to learn new information.

Active Learning:Learningshouldbeanactiveprocess.Studentsshould pay attention to what they are trying to learn and not let theirthoughtsdrifttootherthings.Payingattention,however,isonlythefirststep.Theymustalsothinkaboutwhattheyarelearning.Studentsmusttrytomakesenseoutoftheinformationandlookforrelationships,suchascategories,similaritiesanddifferences,orcauseandeffect.

Studying in Chunks(“Chunking”):Studentstendtorememberfirstthings and last things best and forget the information in the middle.Totakeadvantageofthistendency,advisestudentstostudyintwentytofiftyminutechunksoftime,centeredonasingleideaorgroupofrelatedideas.Chunkingtheinformationtolearnforthepurposeofanalyzingitalsohelpsstudentstounderstanditbetter.Recommendthatstudentstakeatleastatenminutebreakbeforestudyingthenextchunkofinformation.Thisstrategyallowsthemtohavemorebeginningandendingpointsintheirlearning,takingadvantageofnaturallearningtendencies.

Relating New Information to Prior Knowledge (“Scaffolding”): Do notjusttrytomemorizenewinformation.Makesenseoutofitbyconsideringitinlightofwhatyoualreadyknow.Whenyourelateinformation,youarecreatingawebofmemoriesthatleadtoeachother.Themorewaystherearetoaccessinformationinlong-termmemory,themorelikelywewillbeabletorecallitwhennecessary.

Using the “Puzzle” Approach: Have you ever put together a jigsaw puzzle?Generally,peoplewillstartthepuzzlebyfindingandfittingtogethertheoutsidepiecessothattheyhaveaframeofreferencefortherestofthepuzzle.Whenlearningsomethingnew,firstlearnthegeneralconceptbeforetryingtolearnthedetails.This strategy will help you to understand the details later as you considerhowtheyfitwithinyourframeworkofunderstanding.

Testing Understanding: A good practice when learning new informationistoputtheinformationinyourownwords.Ifyoucannot,thenyoudonotunderstandit.Ifpossible,asksomeonemoreknowledgeabletolistentoyourinterpretationoftheinformation and assess your level of understanding. Another method istocreateamentalpictureoftheinformation.Often,apictureis easier to recall than words.

Page 53: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 43

Applying Information:Theoldsaying“Useitorloseit”appliesjustasmuchtoinformationstoredinlong-termmemoryasitdoestophysicalfitness.Howeasilywerecallinformationdepends a great deal on how frequently we use the information. That is why application and practice are so important. When you learnnewinformation,findopportunitiestouseit.Notonlydoesfrequentusehelpwithretention,butalsoeverytimeyouusetheinformation,youareformingmoreassociationstoitwithin your memory that will help you remember the information later.Theseassociations,inturn,increaseyourunderstandingof the information as you see its applicability to a variety of situations.

Effective learning strategies promote retention and an understanding of the information to be learned. As a Navy instructor,encourageyourstudentstopracticeoneormoreofthelearningstrategieslistedabove,basedupontheirownlearningstyles or preferences.

INFORMATION PROCESSING AND RETENTION

Learningcanbecomparedtousingafilecabinet.Studentsselectinformationimportantenoughtobesavedandfileitwithrelatedinformationforfutureuse.Tobetterunderstandthis,youasaninstructorneedtoknowhowstudentslearnandprocessinformation.

Information Processing: Learning involvesprocessinginformation,thenstoring it in an easily accessible location.Figure4-1illustrateshowweprocess information in the brain. After something has gained our attention or someone has brought our attention to it we begin processing the information.

Attention:Thefirststepinprocessinginformationisattention.Somethingmustfirstcaptureourattentioninorderforustolearnit.Example:PO2KestlershowsSeamanTurnersomecorrosiononahatch.“Seethiscorrosion,Turner?Todayyou’regoingtolearnhowtogetridofit.”AlthoughTurnerhadnotnoticedthecorrosionbefore,thisstatementgrabsTurner’sattention.

Figure 4-1: Information Processing

Page 54: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 444

Perception: After something has gained our attention or someone has brought our attnetion to it we begin processing the information. Perceptionisthestageatwhichwedeterminewhethertheinformationisofvaluetous.Ifweperceivethatithasnovalue,we ignore the information. How we perceive is colored by a number offactors,including:ourownexpectations,previousknowledge,lifeexperiences,andourpersonality.Example:Turnerperceivesthat this is something he needs to learn because he might need to knowitlateronthejob.

SHORT-TERM MEMORY

Short-termmemoryistemporarystorage,or“working”memory.Itis often compared to computer RAM. Theorists believe the duration ofinformationinshort-termmemoryissomewherebetween5andtwenty seconds.

Ifwewanttoretaininformation,webegintoencodeitforstorageinlong-termmemory.Encodingofteninvolvestryingtomakesense of the new information by relating it to what we already know.

Ifwedonotcontinueprocessingtheinformation,itwillfadeaway and be replaced with new information. For example: Turner and Kestlerdonprotectivegear,andKestlerpicksupanodd-lookingtube,saying,“Thisisaneedlegun.”BecauseTurnerhasperceivedthatthisisimportantinformation,thistermgoesintoTurner’sshort-termmemory.

LONG-TERM MEMORY

Long-termmemoryprovidespermanentstorageoflearnedinformation. We seem to have an unlimited capacity to store information.However,retrievingitfromlong-termmemorysothatwe can use it is sometimes a problem.

Theeasewithwhichweaccessinformationinlong-termmemorydependsverymuchonhowitwasstored.Considerthefilingcabinet.Ifyoufilebyjustthrowingallyourpapersrandomlyinadrawer,youwillhaveahardtimefindingthemlater.Ifyoufilepaperswithrelatedones,youcanfindthemmoreeasily.Forexample:Kestlerasks,“Haveyoueverseensomeoneusingajackhammer?”Turnernodsaffirmatively.“Well,theneedlegunworksinmuchthesameway.”Kestlerthendemonstrates.Kestler’scomparisonenablesTurnertomakeamentalconnectionbetweentheneedlegun,whichisunfamiliar,andjackhammers,whicharefamiliar.ThisassociationwillhelpTurnerstoretheinformationinlong-termmemoryinsucha way that he can easily remember it.

Page 55: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 45

BARRIERS TO LEARNING AND RECALL

Haveyoueverhadtroublelearningsomething?Whyisiteasytolearnsomethingsanddifficulttolearnothers?Haveyoueverthoughtyouknewsomethingbutcouldnotrecallitwhenyouneededto?Problemswithlearningandrecalloftenresultfromabarrierthatcausesabreakdownininformationprocessing.

•Attention/Perception:Attentiondoesnotguaranteelearning.Ifstudentsperceivethatthenewinformationhasnovalue,theirperception will act as a barrier that will stop any further information processing.

•Short-term Memory:Ifsomethingorsomeoneelsegrabsstudents’attentionduringinformationprocessing,theinformationinshort-termmemorywillbecomeunavailableinamatterofseconds.

•Long-term Memory:Barrierstorecallwillpreventstudentsfromrecallinginformationstoredinlong-termmemory.

BARRIERS TO ATTENTION

Sometimesnewinformationmaycatchstudents’attentionwithoutanyoutsideassistance.Forinstance,asuddenmotionorsoundmaycause them to focus on something they never noticed before.

However,ifthereisnothingtocapturetheirattention,informationprocessingmaybeblockedbeforeitevengetsstarted!Inthiscase,somethingorsomeonemustdrawtheirattentiontothenew information.

BARRIERS DURING PERCEPTION

Ifstudentsperceivenewinformationisnotimportant,theymaydiscard it. A number of factors can act as barriers during this phase of information processing:

• Perceived Irrelevance:Ifstudentsperceivenewinformationhasnoapplicationtotheirjobortheirinterests,theywilllikelyignoreit.

• Repeated or Contradictory Information:Ifnewinformationappears to repeat or contradict what students believe to be true,theymayrejectthenewinformationwithoutfurtherconsideration.

• Overriding Physical Discomfort: Have you ever been so tired allyoucouldthinkaboutwassleep?Beingtoohotortoocold,havingaheadacheorfeelingsickmaycausestudentstoignorenew information because they are more concerned with their immediate discomfort.

Page 56: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 446

• Emotional Reaction: A strong emotional reaction to an information source may cause students to ignore information from that source.

BARRIERS IN SHORT-TERM MEMORY

Activelyprocessinginformationinshort-termmemorypreparesitforstorageinlong-termmemory.Withoutthisprocessofencodingandstoringinformation,short-termmemorycanbelostveryquickly.

Have you ever lost a thought when somethingdistractedyou?Interruptionsare the primary barrier at this stage of information processing. The longer theinterruption,thegreaterthechancethe information may be lost from memory. Interruptionsmaytakeseveralforms—someonecomingintheroom,anunexpectednoise,orasudden,unrelatedthought.Gettingtoomuchinformationtooquicklyis another type of interruption. Anything that stops students from processing information has the potential to disrupt learning.

Anothertypeofbarrierispriorknowledgethatcontradictswhatstudentsaretryingtolearn.Priorknowledgeisusuallyhelpfulduringinformationprocessingbecausestudentsmayuseittomakesenseoutofnewinformation.However,itmaybeabarriertolearning if it differs greatly from what they are trying to learn. Forinstance,imaginethatyouareapilotandanewsystemhasbeeninstalledinthecockpitofyouraircraft.Thesequenceofsteps for using this system is quite different from what it used to be.Inthiscase,yourknowledgeofhowtooperatetheoldsystemmay interfere with your learning how to operate the new one. This barriermaycauseyoutohavedifficultyrememberingthecorrectprocedure.

BARRIERS TO RECALL FROM LONG-TERM MEMORY

Whatmakesusforget?Dowelosememoryovertime?Sciencestilldoesnotknowtheanswertothisquestion.Althoughitissuspectedthat we do not lose the information but the ability to access it.

Howweaccessinformationdependsprimarilyonhowwefirstprocesseditinshort-termmemory.Haveyouevertriedtoremembersomethingbyrepeatingitoverandovertoyourself?Repetition

Page 57: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 47

isoneprocessweusetostoreinformationinlong-termmemory.However,amoreeffectivewaytoprocessinformationistodrawconnectionstopreviouslylearnedinformation.Normally,wedothisunconsciouslyaswetrytomakesenseofnewinformationbyconsideringitinlightofwhatwealreadyknow.Manyexperimentshaveshownthatrelatedideasmayberecalledmorequicklythanunrelated concepts.

Thetwokeybarrierstorecallinginformationaredisuseandimproperlystoredinformation.Informationmemorizedthroughrepetitionwithnoattempttomakeassociationswithotherinformationmay“decay”veryquicklythroughdisuse.Thinkofthisintermsoffindingamissingperson.Itwouldbeverydifficulttofindsomeoneifallthatisknownistheperson’sname.Welocatepeoplethroughtheirassociationswithfriendsandfamily,withorganizations,andwithcertainknownactivitiesorhabits.Themoreassociations,theeasierthepersonistofind.Likewise,themoreassociationswemaketoinformationthebetterourchancesofrecalling it later when we need it.

OVERCOMING BARRIERS TO LEARNING AND RECALL DURING TRAINING

Knowingthebarrierstolearningandrecallwillhelpyouunderstandwhylearningcansometimesbedifficult.Asaninstructor,youcanusevariousstrategiestohelpyourstudentsovercome barriers such as the following:

•Attention.Whenyouaretraining,youhavetogainandretainyourstudents’attention.Emphasizetheimportantpointsyouwantthemtolearn.Useeyecontactandobservebodylanguageto ensure you are maintaining their attention throughout the trainingsession.Askquestionsifyoubelievetheirattentionis wavering.

• Perception.Overcomingyourstudents’barrierstoperceptionismoredifficultbecauseofthepersonalfactorsinvolved.Ensurestudentsknowtherelevanceofthetrainingtotheirjobs.

• Short-term memory.Duringtraining,minimizedistractionsthatcan interrupt information processing.

• Long-term memory.Helpstudentslinknewmaterialtowhattheyalreadyknow.Themorelinks,themoreassociationstheywillbe able to use later to recall the information.

Nowthatyouunderstandhowstudentslearn,howdoyouusethisinformation to provide the best instruction for their individual learningstyles?Thisiswhereinstructionaldifferentiationcomesinto play.

Page 58: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 448

INSTRUCTIONAL DIFFERENTIATION

Students’experiencesandbackgroundsplaymajorrolesinthemakeupofmostclasses.Asaninstructor,youshouldbecognizantofyourstudents’socio-economic,racial,andgenderdifferences;all of which present many varying perspectives in the classroom. Youshouldalsobeawareofyourownpersonalpreferencesandbiasesandhowtheycouldinfluenceyourstudentsandimpacttheir training. The more you involve your students and use their experiencesandbackgrounds,themorerealisticthetrainingwillbe.

Instructionaldifferentiationwillallowyoutomeettheneedsofallofyourstudents,despiteage,race,gender,socio-economicstatus,maritalstatus,religiouspreference,andotherindividualfactorsaffectingstudents’learning.Differentiationsimplymeansthedeliveryofyourlessonstakesseveralapproachesandprovideseachstudentwithspecializedandtargetedinstruction.

GENDER BIAS IN LEARNING

Genderbias,ingeneralterms,isthepracticeofdifferentialand preferential treatment toward one gender over the other in the classroomenvironment.Whengenderbiasoccurs,itisoftenreadilyevident to students that the instructor shows favoritism towards onespecificgender.Youreffortsasaninstructorshouldminimizegender bias through your development of an inclusive classroom environment that routinely engages both male and female students in the learning process and maintains the same learning standards foreachgender.Belowareafewsuggestionsforagenderinclusiveclassroom environment:

• Avoid Stereotypes:Byreviewingyourlessonsandactivitiesforgender bias and regularly ensuring that gender neutral language isusedintheclassroombytheinstructorandstudentsalike,you can avoid stereotyping students based on gender.

• Foster Gender Integration:Bothgendersshouldworkcollaboratively on activities and projects within the learning environment in an effort to foster gender integration.

• Equality for Both Genders:Instructorsshouldprovideequalopportunities for both genders to serve in leadership roles and ensure both genders actively participate in learning activities. This effort ensures all students have the chance to docomplextechnicalwork.

Page 59: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 4 49

WHAT ABOUT GENERATIONAL DIFFERENCES?

The Navy is extremely diverse with several generational groups intheworkforce.Generationsaretypicallyidentifiedfromthehistorical events and the emotional ties of the times and several definedtimeperiods;thoselistedbelowareonerepresentationofagenerationaltimeperiod.Thepointis,generationaldifferencesdoexist and have caused most educators and trainers to reassess how adult learning should be addressed for each of these generations. Listed below are examples of recent generations and their general preferences:

• The “Boom” Generation (roughly born 1946-1965):Boomerstendtopreferamorehands-on,movingpartstypeofapproachtolearning.Manyarehard-working,competitive,team-players,anti-rulesandregulations,andhaveamentalityof“showme”or “prove yourself.” These are the people that are typically in our more senior leadership positions today.

• The “Generation X” (roughly born 1966-1980): Closely behind the“Boomers”arethe“GenXers”whotendtopreferamorestructuredtrainingenvironmentwithwell-definedexpectations,clearassignments,parametersforeachphaseoftheirtraining,and sequential steps to meeting objectives. This generation is quicklyreplacingthe“Boomers”inleadershippositionsandexertingtheirinfluenceintotheworkplace.

• The “Millennial,” “Generation Y,” or “Nexters” (roughly born 1981-2000):NextershavearrivedonthesceneandmakeupournewestgenerationofincomingSailors.Thisgenerationgrewupintheelectronicageoflaptopcomputers,cellularphones,cableTV,PDAs,andinstantmessages.TheMillennialsaregravitating in large numbers toward large institutional and governmentagencies,seekingteamwork,protectionagainstrisk,andasolidwork-lifebalance.Theyfocusonupbeatmessagesandbigbrands;theyaremoreconventional,asevidencedbyaresurgenceofoldiesandremakes.Theyhavestrongerandcloserrelationships with their parents and extended families.

Understandingthesegenerationaldifferenceshelpsusbetterunderstand how adult learning may evolve once again. Each generationbringsadifferentsetofsocialvaluesthatdefinetheir presence. These shared values will play a pivotal role in howtheyperceivethemselvesandareperceivedbyothers.Inturn,these perceptions will no doubt impact their style of learning and will drive the way the Navy provides training and development opportunities in the future.

Page 60: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 450

Additionally,thedifferencesinattitudesthatstudentsbringinto the classroom will directly impact their learning. There are many different reasons for attending a class or completing a trainingevolution.Somewillbeintheclassbecausetheywantto be for all the right reasons. Others will only be in the class becausetheyhavetobe,andtheywillresentit.Somemightbeindifferent,justmarkingtime.

Attitudes undoubtedly affect performance since they indicate how students feel about learning at a particular time. As an instructor you must detect the individual motivation levels indicated by attitudessothatyoucanchannelstudents’effortstowardsuccess.

WhyisallthisimportanttoaNavyinstructor?Becauselearningto be the best instructor involves understanding the differences weallhaveandhowourmake-upaffectsourabilitytolearn.Wewant people to learn as much as they can in the time we have to train.Aswehavediscussed,themoreyouunderstandyourstudents,the better you may prepare training and adjust your instructional delivery techniques to have the greatest impact on learning possible.

SUMMARY

Yourpracticalapplicationofthebasicprinciplesofadultlearningtheorywillhaveanenormousimpactonyourstudents’ability to master course objectives. Learning about these fundamentalsisnotenough;youmustdiscussandexchangethoughtson these principles with your fellow instructors and commit to using these fundamentals in the classroom on a daily basis.

Totransferyourknowledgeandskillsasanexpertinyourfieldtoothers,youmustunderstandwhatcausesstudentlearningandwhatcaninterferewiththeirlearning.Studentshaveenoughbuilt-in obstacles to learning without you becoming an obstacle too. Learn,understand,andapplytheprinciplesoflearningandyouwill be well on your way to becoming a master trainer.

Page 61: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 51

CHAPTER 5

EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION

INTRODUCTION

The ability to communicate effectively is essential. Communicatingismorethanspeaking;itinvolvesyourentirepresence. How you present yourself has a great deal of impact onyourstudents’interestanddesiretolearn.AsaNavyinstructor,youmustbeabletocommunicateyourknowledge,skills,andexperiencestostudentsinordertofacilitatethelearning process. How you communicate often has more impact than thecontentofyourmessage.Theskillsandtechniquesexplainedin this chapter will assist you in strengthening your ability to communicate effectively.

EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES

The purpose of effective communication in a training environment is to ensure students accurately understand the material presented by the instructor. There are basically two principles you need to understandthathavetodowithcommunicatingeffectively:(1)theidentificationandremovalofbarriersand(2)thecommunicationprocess itself.

THE COMMUNICATION PROCESS

Communicationistheexchangeofthoughts,opinions,andinformationthroughspeech,writing,nonverbalcues,signsandimages.Thecommunicationprocessconsistsofasender,amessage,adeliveryvehicle,andareceiver.ThisconceptisillustratedusingtheModelofCommunication(Fig.5-1).

Page 62: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 552

Figure 5-1: Model of Communication

SENDING THE MESSAGE

Therearefourelementsinvolvedinsendingamessage.First,astheinstructor(sender),youformulatethemessageyouintendtocommunicateinyourmindorinalessonplan.Next,youconsiderpossible barriers that may affect your message. These barriers may includeyourownexperience,yourstudents’experience,thetermsyouwilluse,andevenyourfeelingtowardthesubjectorthatofthe students. External barriers and environmental factors such as noisemustalsobeconsidered.Third,youencodethemessage;thatis,youputthemessageintothewordsyouwanttouse.Lastly,youclearly communicate (transmit) the message.

THE MESSAGE

The message is whatever information you want to convey. The messagemaybeverbalornon-verbal.

THE DELIVERY VEHICLE

The delivery vehicle is the method you choose to deliver the message.Deliveryvehiclesincludespokenorwrittenwords,picturesorothervisualaides,computer-basedlessonsorTV.Technologyisjustanotherwaytodeliverthemessage,analternative “vehicle.”

Inordertoaccommodatethedifferentstylesoflearningitisgenerally a good idea to convey the same message through several deliveryvehicles.Forexample,youmaywriteanimportanttermon

Page 63: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 53

theboardandthenpronounceitforthestudents,addressingboththe auditory and the visual learners with the same message through two different delivery vehicles.

RECEIVING THE MESSAGE

There are also four elements involved in receiving a message. Thestudents(receivers)willfirsthearand/orseethemessageyousent.Second,themessageisaffectedbyexternalbarriers,ifany,andthestudents’owninternalbarriers.Possibleinternalbarriersmayincludethestudentsexperiencelevel,theirunderstandingofthetermsused,theirattitudetowardthematerial,orthewaytheyfeelaboutyou.Third,yourstudentsdecodethemessageusingmentalimagesandthoughts.Forinstance,whenyousaythewordcircus,thereceivermaynot“see”thelettersthatformtheword.Instead,amentalimageofsomesortmayappearorthoughtsmaybegin to formulate. How many different mental images or thoughts mightariseamongyourstudentsbasedonthisonewordalone?Imagesorthoughtsofaclown,abigtop,lions,acrobats,andsoforthmayberecalled.Fourth,thestudentsinterpretthemessage.Clearly,atthispointintheprocessthereisnowayforyouto determine that all of the students received the message you intended.Todeterminethis,youmustgetfeedback.

Yourchallenge,asaninstructor,isnottomerelycommunicatewithyourstudents--buttocommunicateeffectivelywiththem.Thisconcept is illustrated in the Model of Effective Communication (Fig.5-2).

Figure 5-2: Model of Effective Communication

Page 64: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 554

Effective communication involves a message being sent and received and occurs when the receiver has understood the message intended.Feedbackisausefultoolfortestingwhetherornotamessage has been received and understood as the sender intended.

FEEDBACK

Feedback,whichmaytakeseveralforms,providesessentialinformation about your success in communicating the message. To get feedback,havethestudentsrespondtooralquestionsandencouragethemtoaskquestions.Thestudents’non-verbalbehaviorsalsoprovide important clues as to their understanding of the material. Facial expressions and body movements often indicate when students areunsureaboutthemeaningofyourmessage.Youshouldbecarefulinacceptinga“yes”responsewhenyouask“Doyouunderstand?”Obtainmeaningfulfeedbackbyaskingquestionsthatrequirethestudentstoprovideanswers,whichindicatethattheyinfactdounderstandexactlywhatyouintended(e.g.,paraphrasing).

BARRIERS TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION

The existence of certain barriers increases the potential for poorcommunication.Bybeingawareofthesebarriers,youcanreduce them and enhance the clear understanding of your students. Let us discuss some common barriers to effective communication.

LACK OF COMMON CORE EXPERIENCE

Onebarrieristhelackofcommoncoreexperience.Youareunlikelytofindanygroupinwhichstudentshavethesamecommoncoreexperience.Forexample,ifyousaythatakiwitasteslikeakumquat,studentswhohavetastedonewouldhavetheexperiencetomaketheproperassociation.However,forthestudentswhohavetastedneither,thecomparisonwillhavenomeaning.Topreventthatproblem,determinestudentexperiencelevelbeforeyouprepareyourlesson.Thencheckforunderstandingasyouuseexamplesandanalogies with your explanations.

OVERUSE OF ABSTRACTIONS

Abstractionsareconcepts,ideas,ortermsthatareindirectlyrelated to the subject being discussed. To avoid confusion youshouldspeakinconcreteterms--bespecific.Beawareofthebackgroundandexperiencelevelofyourstudentsanduseappropriatetermsandexamples.Youwillnormallyhavemoreexperienceinthesubjectmatterthananyofyourstudents,soyou have the responsibility of ensuring their understanding. This

Page 65: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 55

requiresthatyounotonlypresenttheinformationclearly,butalsothatyouchecktoensurethestudentsunderstandexactlywhatyouintended.

FEAR

Fear may be one of the greatest barriers to effective communication. Thefearofshowingignorance,fearofdisapproval,fearoflosingstatus,and fear of judgment are all common barriers to communication. Many times,studentswillhaveanxietiesorfearsabouttheirabilities.Studentsmayhesitatetotakepartinyourdiscussionsbecausetheyhavealackofconfidenceandareafraidtheywillappearignorant.That,inturn,bringsaboutafearofjudgmentanda fear of losing status in front of their peers.

Trytounderstandyourstudents’fears.Provideathreat-freelearning environment by being encouraging and nonjudgmental of thestudents.Rememberhowlongittookyoutolearnyoursubjectmatterandthatthisisyourchosenareaofexpertise.Yourstudent may not have the same natural ability for or interest in yoursubjectareathatyoudo.Manymayberequiredtotakeyourcourse(s)inordertoachievealargergoal.Takethetimetorecognizeindividualdifferencesinyourstudentssothatyouwillknowhowtomotivatethem.

Sinceyouhavecontroloftheclass,youmustdirecttheclassenergy in a positive direction. Do not allow fellow students to makefunoforexhibitdisapprovalofastrugglingstudent.Avoidembarrassing any of your students or offending human values. Follow the basic principle of motivation by giving them positive feedback.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

Environmental factors such as noise and temperature may interfere withthecommunicationprocess.Obviously,noiseisabarriertohearingwhatisbeingsaid.Ifstudentsareoverlyhotorcolditmaybedifficultforthemtolistenattentively.However,moresubtlefactorsmayalsoaffectthecommunicationprocess.Poorlighting,thecolorofthewalls,uncomfortableseats,thelocationofpicturesorillustrations,andthearrangementofstudentsinrelation to the instructor may all become barriers to effective communication.

Page 66: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 556

Youshouldconstantlystrivetoidentifyandeliminatebarrierstoeffectivecommunication.Somewillbeobviouswhileothersmaybeverydifficulttodetect.Forthisreasonitisagoodpracticetoaskstudentsregularlyiftheycanhearyouorseewhatyouare demonstrating right before you do it. After students see you are responsive to their environmental needs they are more willing to bring them to your attention even when you do not remember toask.Yourawarenessofbarriers,alongwithknowledgeofthecommunicationprocess,andsensitivitytostudents’needswillassist you in communicating effectively in the classroom.

EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES

Therearemanyskillsandtechniquesyoumustmastertobeaneffectivecommunicatorandinstructor.Manyoftheseskillsyoualreadypossess,allthatisrequirednowisthatyouusethemtotheirbestadvantage.Others,youmayneedtolearnand/orpractice.

LISTENING

Listening is one of our most importantcommunicationskills.Itisanactiveprocessofhearingand understanding that demands concentration and attention. Bothyouandyourstudentshaveresponsibilities in the communication process.

Youmustensurethatthelearningenvironmentisfreeofdistractionsthatmightinterferewiththestudents’abilitytolisten.Bealerttothenon-verbalbehaviorsofyourstudents.Facial expressions reveal much of what is happening in the mind ofastudent.Aquizzicallookindicatessomemisunderstandinghasoccurred or a question needs to be addressed. A student leaning slightly forward and maintaining good eye contact with you is probablyinterestedandsincereaboutlearning.Anaffirmativeheadnodindicatesapproval,agreement,orunderstanding.Conversely,eye contact out the window or someplace other than the front of theroommayindicateboredomorlackofinterest.Fidgetinginthechair or a slouched posture may also be an indication of something other than effective listening. Raised hands and relevant questions are sure signs that you are communicating effectively. Learn to determineifstudentsarelisteningbythetypeoffeedbacktheyprovide.Remembereffectivelisteningdependsonmotivation,andyou are the prime motivator in your classroom.

Page 67: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 57

Studentsshouldarriveforinstructionreadytolearn.Theyshouldparticipateandaskquestionsastheyarise.Studentsmustunderstand that they have responsibility for their own learning. This requires active listening on their part. One way to help students understand their learning responsibilities is for you to makethemclearattheoutsetofthecourseandperiodicallyremindthem of your expectations throughout the course.

EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTOR DELIVERY TECHNIQUES

Delivery style has a major impact on student motivation and determinestoagreatextenthowwellstudentslisten.Studieshaveshownthatspokenwordsaloneaccountforonlysevenpercentoftheimpact of the message.

SPEECH IMPROVEMENT

There are two methods which will improve all aspects of your speakingvoice.First,listencloselytopolishedspeakersontelevision,suchaspopularnewscasters.Theirtechniquesofspeechmakethemgoodmodelsforstudy.Donottrytoimitatethemexactly,butstudyhowtheyusetheirvoicestogivemeaningtotheirwordsandemphasistotheirideas.Second,listentoyourself daily as you instruct and casually converse with your contemporaries.Makeahabitofconstantlyevaluatinghowyouusethe speech factors listed in this section. The following verbal skillfactorsareimportantconsiderationsinyourdeliveryofinstruction:

Articulation.Articulationissimplyunderstandablespeech.Youcanachievegoodarticulationintwoways.First,enunciate:speakclearly.Second,pronunciation:accentsyllablesandreproduceconsonant and vowel sounds in conformity with the accepted standard--thedictionary.Tobeagoodspeaker,makecrisp,distinct enunciation your goal. Avoid slurring and mumbling. Avoidslangsuchasjist,git,gonna,whut,watcha,orhafta.Inrehearsal,exaggerateyourenunciationbeyondwhatisrequiredinnormal speech. Apply the principle of sharpened enunciation not onlyinyourclassesbutinordinaryconversation.Makeitahabit.

Ifyouhavearegionalaccent,suchasaSoutherndrawloraNewEnglandtwang,donottrytoeliminateit--makethemostofit!Itis part of your personality. A slight accent is pleasant and adds interestandpersonalitytoyourspeech.However,besurethatpeople from other parts of the country can clearly understand you. Itisokaytocorrectyourownpronunciationifyourealizeyouhave mispronounced something in front of the class.

Page 68: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 558

Grammar.Grammarconcernsthecorrectusageofthespokenorwrittenword.Itislikeacode.Whenyouusethecodecorrectly,themessagecomesthroughclearlyandquickly.Butwhenyoumakeencodingerrors,theonewhoreceivesthemessagehastolabortoextracttheprecisemeaning.Sometimesyourmessagemaynotcomeoutexactlyright.Thatisokayonanoccasionalbasis.However,asaninstructor,youshouldstrivetobeasclearaspossibleandnevertocommitglaringgrammaticalerrors.Itisokaytocorrectyourselfifyourealizeyouhaveusedincorrectgrammarinfrontofthe class.

Rate of speech.Asaspeaker,youshouldneithertalkataslow,plodding rate that puts your listeners to sleep nor rattle off wordssorapidlythattheyruntogether.Asarule,speakfastenoughtobeinterestingyetslowenoughtobeunderstood.Justasagoodbaseballpitcherkeepsthebatteralertbychangingthespeedoftheball,takeadvantageofavocalchangeofpacetoholdtheinterestofyouraudience.Yourrateofspeechshouldbegovernedbythecomplexityofthethought,idea,oremotionyouarecommunicating.Useafastrateforjoy,excitement,orvigorousaction.Useaslowrateforadeliberateormethodicalpresentation. Add emphasis by either slowing or speeding your rate. Thenormalrateofdeliveryis125to150wordsperminute.Asyougainexperienceasaninstructor,youmayevenbeabletohelpyourstudentspickoutthemostimportantpointsoftheirlessonssimplyby varying your rate of speech.

Toimprovecommonratedifficulties,observethefollowingsuggestions:

• Slow, ponderous rate.Useataperecordertorecordyourself,reading aloud. Try to interpret the meaning of the words by the rateatwhichyouspeakthem.Thenplaybacktherecording.Ifyourrateisstilltooslow,recordthesamereadingselectionagain,butforceyourselftouseafasterrateofspeechtocutdownthetotalplaybacktime.

• Fast, machine-gun delivery. Curb your impatience to blurt out ideas.Taketimetomakethemclear.Forceyourselftoslowdown.Recognizethelisteners’needtoabsorbideas;givethemtime to do so by saying words clearly and by pausing longer betweenideas.Readaloud,observingthemarksofpunctuation.Expressthemeaningofthewordscarefullyattheratethatfitsyourinterpretation.Takingcaretoenunciatemorepreciselywillgenerallyslowyourrate.Youmaywanttouseataperecorder to help you with this problem as well.

• Halting, choppy rate.Concentrateonspeakingcompleteideasorsentences.Takeadeepbreathbeforeyoubeginasentence;breathebetween,notinthemiddleof,ideasorphrases.

Page 69: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 59

Sometimesachoppyrateresultsfromtenseness,nervousness,orlackoffamiliaritywiththesubjectmatter.Bepreparedandbecalmbeforeyoustarttospeak.Itisokaytostopspeakingandthinkforamomentbeforegoingontoyournextpoint.

• Pauses.Inwriting,punctuationmarksseparatethoughtsandideasandgivethedesiredmeaningandemphasistowords.Inspeaking,pausesservethesamefunctionstoalargedegree.Youmayusepausestogainhumorous,dramatic,orthought-provokingeffects.Usethemasavocalmeansofpunctuatingyourideas.Properuseofpausesgiveslistenersachancetoabsorbideasandgivesthespeakerachancetobreatheandconcentrateontheirnextpoint.Pausesalsogiveemphasis,meaning,andinterpretationtoideas.

The following suggestions will help you overcome common pausingdifficulties:

o Not enough pauses.Beginbyreadingaloudsomethingthatyoulike.Forceyourselftopausebetweenideasandatperiods, commas,andotherpunctuationmarks.Trytoadopttheattitudeoftheartistwhomakesafewbrushstrokesandthenstepsbacktoevaluatetheresults.

o Too many pauses.Alackofknowledgeofthesubject,failuretoorganizematerialthoroughly,orinadequaterehearsals usually result in too many pauses in the speaker’sdelivery.Studyyourmaterialandorganizethelesson on paper. Then rehearse until your thoughts and wordsflowsmoothly.Thoroughfamiliaritywiththesubjectmatterincreasesverbalfluency.

o Overuse of verbal connectors.Pauses,properlyplacedintheflowofspeech,areoftenmoreeffectivethanwords.Fillingpauseswithmeaningless,gutturalsoundsgiveslistenerstheimpressionthatyouarenotconfidentofwhatyouaresayingandthatyouarenotpreparedtospeaktothem.Itmayalsoprovetobeanannoyingdistractionforyour students. Too many “uhs” and “ahs” may be detrimental to an otherwise effective lesson presentation. To improve onthisdifficulty,usethesametechniquessuggestedforeliminating too many pauses and leave out the “uhs” and “ahs.”Manypeopleareunawaretheyhavethishabit.Youmay want to use a tape recorder to see if this is a problem for you or not.

•Inflection.Inflectionisachangeinthenormalpitchortoneofthespeaker’svoice.Justasmusicalnotesbecomemelodywhenarrangedindifferentrelativepositionsonthemusicalscale,your voice becomes more interesting and words more meaningful

Page 70: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 560

whenyouusechangesinpitch.Usinginflectioncanincreaseemphasis on certain words. The following example illustrates howinflectionondifferentwordschangesthemeaningofaquestion.Saythequestiontoyourself,raisingyourpitch(butnotyourvolume)ontheunderlinedwords,asindicated:

WhatamIdoing? What amIdoing? What am Idoing? WhatamIdoing?

Inflectionisthekeytoexpressionofmood.Itcanbeemotional,persuasive,orconvincing.Usinginflectioncanmoveanaudienceto tears or laughter and create a lasting impression. Without inflection,theaudiencemayfallasleep.Likepauses,inflectionisawayofpunctuatingspeech.Itcanputthequestionmarkattheendofaquestion,makeastatementoffactmorepositive,orhelptoputanexclamationmarkattheendofastrongstatement.Inflectionistheprincipaldifferencebetweenjustsayingwordsandspeakingideaswithmeaning.Trythefollowingsuggestionstoimproveinflection:

o Read aloud and communicate your emotions.Inflectionconveysfeelingandmeaning.However,feelingalsoproducesgoodinflection.Asaninstructor,youmustshowyourfeelingaboutwhatyousay.Topracticeusinginflection,readaloudandcommunicateyouremotions.Usingataperecorderisagoodwaytoimproveinflectionbecauseyoumustcommunicateemotionentirelythroughyourvoice;gesturesorvisiblefacial expressions provide no help.

o Practice downward and upward inflection.Generally,downwardinflectionattheendofasentenceexpressesconviction.However,downwardinflectionwithinthesentenceitselfgivesasenseoffinalitytothethoughtandcreatesamentalbreakinthelisteners’thoughts.Useslightupwardinflectionwithinthesentencetoindicatethatthethoughtisnotyetcomplete;thatservestobindideastogetherandtogiveunitytothethought.Useupwardinflectionattheendofasentenceonlywhenyouaskaquestionorimplyuncertainty.

•Force. Forceful speech combines the volume or carrying power ofthevoicewiththedemonstratedvitality,strength,andconvictionofthespeaker;itincludestheproperplacementofstressoremphasisonkeywordsandphrases.Likerate,pauses,andinflection,forceisawayofconveyingconviction,ofgivingmeaning,orofaddingemphasis.Yet,

Page 71: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 61

unlikerate,pauses,andinflection,itcannotbesetapartdistinctly.Forceinvolvesrate,pauses,andinflectionpluscarryingpower,fullnessoftoneorbody,andproperregulation of loudness. Listeners will not respond to a speakerwhoshoutsandisinsensitivetotheirfeelings.Neitherwilltheybeconvincedbythecool,detachedmannerofaspeakerwhoisconsistentlycalm,quiet,orpatronizing.Tocommunicate,youmustawakenreactionsandfeelingsinyour listeners.

Knowledgeofthesubjectandofthesequenceinwhichyouplanto present ideas will help you to calmly lead the thoughts of youraudience.Youcanthendrivehomeapointwithpowerandletsilenceunderlinethesignificanceofyourwords.

Throughyourgestures,voice,movement,eyecontact,andchoiceofwords,youcanconveyforcetoyourlisteners.Butyourlisteners will neither hear you nor see you unless you project words and actions with a vitality and strength of conviction. Forceisnotloudness,shouting,wildgesturing,orvulgarlanguage.Forceisknowingwhatyouwanttosayandthensayingitwithimplicitfirmnessandundeniableconfidence.Thefollowingcommondifficultieswithforcehaveaccompanyingsuggestionsforimprovement:

Lack of volume.Toincreasevolume,selectsomeoneinthebackoftheroomandconcentrateonmakinghimorherhearyou.Rehearseinanemptyclassroomandspeaktoanimaginarypersoninthebackoftheroom.Sincetheseexerciseswillmakeyouawareofthedistanceinvolved,theywillmotivateyoutoincreaseyourvolume.Whenyouspeakwithincreasedvolume,youwillbeabletofeelyourdiaphragmworking.

Dropping volume at end of words or sentences. Dropping volume usuallyresultswhenaspeakerincorrectlyassociatesadropinvolumewithdownwardinflection.Developthehabitofpayingattention to the sound of your own voice so that you can judge whetheryouarebeingheard.Practiceloweringthepitchofyourvoice without dropping the volume. Record your voice so that you can hear how you sound to others. Read aloud and concentrate on projecting every word in a thought or idea to an imaginary listener seatedinthebackoftheroom.

Failure to give emphasis to main points or key words.Toemphasizemainpointsandkeywords,youmustfirstknowyoursubjectwell.Then you can communicate main and subordinate ideas by stressing

Page 72: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 562

keywordsandphrasesusingvolume,pitch,rate,andpauses.Thatwill result in convincing and authoritative presentations and help yourstudentsknowwhichpointsarethemainonestotakeawayfromtheir lessons.

Someadditionalverbalskillstoconsiderwhiledeliveringinstruction are:

•Uselanguageappropriatetotheeducationallevelofclass.•Usegender-neutrallanguage.•Definetermsandacronyms.•Avoidprofanity,sarcasm,andinappropriatehumor.

EYE CONTACT

Themostpowerfulandinfluentialelementofinstructorpresencein front of a class is direct eye contact with your audience. Bylookingdirectlyintheeyesofeachofyourstudents,youpersonalizethelessonbeingpresentedandstimulatethedesireforthem to listen more intently. Each student should have your direct eyecontactseveraltimesduringaninstructionalperiod.Makeandmaintainthiseyecontactfor3to5seconds.Thistimeintervalis appropriate for personal contact without being overbearing or creatingsomelevelofdiscomfortforindividualstudents.Scanthe entire class without developing a mechanical pattern. Avoid the commonpitfalloftalkingtothechalkboardorvisualaidpanelorto any other training aid you may be using.

Maintaining effective eye contact enhances your credibility. Anotherimportantreasonforlookingdirectlyatyourstudentsistoobservetheirnonverbalreactionstoyourinstruction.Feedbackprovides you with the opportunity to judge your effectiveness and makenecessaryadjustmentsasdiscussedlaterinthischapter.Studentsaremorelikelytoparticipateactivelyintheirownlearningwhentheyknowyouareasawareofthemastheyareofyou.

BODY MOVEMENT

Bodymovementisanimportantpartofsuccessfulcommunication;itreinforces,emphasizes,andclarifiesverballyexpressedideas.However,youractionswhileinstructingmustreinforceratherthancontradictyourwords.Makesuretheimageyoupresentandyourbody movements strengthen your communication.

Page 73: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 63

Movement is the motion of the whole body as you travel about the classroom. Movement attracts the attention of the listener because the eye instinctively follows moving objects and focuses on them. Movement can help you convey thoughts to your audience.

The basic rule in movement is moderation. Do not remain glued to onespot,butdonotkeeponthemoveallthetime.Asyourskillsandexperienceincrease,yourmovementwillbecomelessobviousandmoremeaningful.Learntomodifythedegreeofmovementtomakeitnatural and meaningful.

Planyourmovementsothatyouareattheproperplaceatthepropertime.Forexample,whenusingcomputer-aidedinstruction,planmovementsothatyouareattheSmartBoardwhenitistimetodiscuss the next teaching point.

GESTURES

A gesture is a natural movement of any part of the body that conveysathoughtoremotionorreinforcesoralexpression.Yourarms,hands,andfacialexpressionsareyourprincipaltoolsofgesture.Yourgestureswilldependtoalargeextentonwhetheryour personality is vigorous and dynamic or calm and easygoing. Regardlessofyourpersonality,gestureswilladdtotheeffectivenessofyourspeechifyourelaxyourshoulders,arms,andhands,andconcentrateoncommunicatingtotheaudiencethemeaningandimportanceofyourideas.Whenthegestureisnatural,itiseffective.Thesenaturalgestures,whenaccomplishedproperly,addconfidencetoyourinstruction.Ifthegestureisartificial,posed,orstrained,itdetractsratherthanreinforces.Practicegesturesasanaturalpartofyourspeakingmanner;theyshouldarisespontaneously from enthusiasm and conviction.

Descriptive gestures portray an object or illustrate an action. Describethesize,shape,ormovementofanobjectbyimitation.Showavigorouspunchbystrikingwithyourfist;showheightbyholdingyourhandatthedesiredlevel;showspeedbyaquicksweepofyourarm.Pantomimeacomplicatedorhumorousmovementasyoudescribeit.Useyourhandstosignamessage,suchasa“V”formedwithtwofingersasasymbolofvictory.Fig.5-3demonstratesbodymovement and gestures to avoid.

Page 74: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 564

Figure 5-3: Body Movement and Gestures to Avoid

Facial Expression

Facialexpressionisaspecifictypeofgesture.Tochangeopinionsortoinspireorinterestpeople,yourfacemustshowwhatyouarefeelingandthinking.Facialexpressionsshowmanyfeelingssuchasjoy,dejection,anger,andpoise.

The most common fault in facial expression is the deadpan face thatshowsatotallackofexpression.Anothercommondifficultyistheuseofaconstantlyintenseexpression,usuallymanifestedbyafrown.Overcomethisproblembyrelaxingallover;thenuseyourintensityonlyonkeyideas.

When using gestures and facial expression to enhance your delivery style:

•Useeffectivephysicalgesturesandfacialexpressionsthatcoincide with your verbal communication.

•Avoidinappropriategesturessuchashandsinpocketsandjanglingchangeandkeys.

•Avoiddistractingmannerismssuchasscratchingarms,pullingonears,touchinghair,playingwithglasses,etc.

Finally,rememberthatyouareneitherawoodenstatuenoraclown.Youareahumanbeing.Themorenaturalyouappearandact,themoreyouwillinfluenceyourlisteners.Theclassroomisnoplaceforapokerface.

Page 75: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 65

ATTITUDE

Attitudeisthemostimportanttrait.Itwillbegivenawaybyyourverbalskills,eyecontact,andgesturing.Itcanbeapositiveornegativemotivatingfactor.Yourspeechrevealshowyoufeelaboutwhatyousay.Ithasanemotionalimpactonothers.Thus,emotionindicateshowyoufeelaboutallthatsurroundsyou—itshowsyourattitude.Yourattitudeaffectsthewordsyouuse.Thefourspecificindicatorsofagoodspeakingattitudearesincerity,confidence,enthusiasm,andhumor.Letuslookateachofthem a bit more closely.

Sincerity

Sincerity,fromthespeaker’spointofview,istheapparentearnest desire to convince the audience of the truth and value ofanidea.Thetwosourcesofsincerityareapersonal,intensebelief in your subject and a belief in the value of your subject to yourlisteners.Thefirstofthesesourcesisidealbecauseintensepersonal belief is natural sincerity that shows in your every word orgesture.But,don’toverdoitandmakeaparticularlessonyourpersonal“Soapbox.”Thatwilldetractfromthetaskofteachingthelesson and your credibility as an instructor could be diminished. Thesecondsourceismorerationalthanemotional.Ifyouknowyourteachingmaterialisvaluable,youwillpresentitinanhonestandforthrightmanner.Youwillnotrelyongimmicksorquestionablereasoningtomakeyourpresentationlookgood.

Byshowingthatyoubelieveinwhatyousay,youconvinceyourstudentsoftheimportanceofthesubject.Sincerityshows in a number of ways: directness of manner,facialexpressions,clarityofexplanation,propercombinationofhumilityandauthority,andtheeffectiveuseofthevoiceandbodytoreinforceandemphasizeideas.Studentsmustsee,hear,andfeelthat you believe in what you say.

Confidence

Confidenceisapersonalattitudeorfeelingofassurance.Itisbeliefinyourabilitytoperformataskwell.Tobeconfidentandcontrolstagefrightrequirestwoprerequisites:knowledgeofthesubjectandbeliefinyourabilitytospeak.Youobtainknowledgeofasubjectthroughresearchandstudy.Beliefinyourabilitycomesfrompreparation,rehearsal,andexperience.Theserequirements are entirely up to you to accomplish in your own way.

Page 76: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 566

Enthusiasm

Enthusiasm is the outward manifestation of sincerity and confidence.Fromthespeaker’sstandpoint,enthusiasmisastrongpersonal excitement or feeling about a cause or a subject.

Enthusiasmisnotshouting;itisnotphony,overdramaticspeech;it is not waving of the arms and leaping about on the platform. Rather,itisthewayyoushowyourbeliefinyoursubject.Howyoushowenthusiasmisgovernedbyyourpersonality.Ifyouareavigorousanddynamicperson,youmayshowenthusiasmbybrisk,energeticmovement;sweepinggestures;arapidrateofspeech;widely-varyinginflection;orplentyofvocalforce.If,ontheotherhand,youhaveamoresubduednature,youwillmoveandgesturewithlessenergyandspeakinmoremeasuredtones.Youwilluseforceonlyonthekeywordsandideas;makemoreuseofthepauseforeffect;andmaintainacalm,pleasant,butconfidentandauthoritative manner. Most instructors show enthusiasm by combining characteristics from both of these styles.

Humor

Youmaybeasincere,confident,andenthusiasticinstructor,yetstilllackthehumorneededforeffectiveinstruction.Ifyoulackasenseofhumor,youwillseemunreal,inhuman,orveryconceited.Humorshowsthatyouare,afterall,justanotherhumanbeingandthatyouhaveawarm,livelyinterestinallthatgoesonaroundyou. Having a sense of humor does not necessarily imply an ability totellfunnyjokes,althoughtasteful,relevantjokescertainlyhave a place in good instruction.

Amoreeffectivetypeofhumorisspontaneoushumor.Takeadvantage of unexpected humorous classroom situations that sometimesarise--makeabriefcomment,pause,orsimplysmile.Humor directed at yourself is very effective. Most people laugh when someone in authority is receptive to being the object of good humor.

Inadditiontodecency,theonlyruletofollowinusinghumorisgoodjudgment.Takecarenottodirecthumorataspecificpersonorusesarcasm.Studentsmayresenthavingaclassmatesingledout.Besureyourhumorisgood-naturedandlightlydone.CleanhumorisasAmerican as the hot dog and will often assist student learning.

Page 77: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 67

FEEDBACK

Observationofyourstudentsprovidesimportantfeedbackthat will help you in evaluating the effectiveness of your communicationsskills.Puzzledlooks,frowns,andwhisperedquestions between students indicate that you have not communicated effectively.Thestudentshaveunconsciouslyshownsignsofalackof understanding.

Theobservationofthesesignsandtheiron-the-spotanalysisiscalledfeedback.Thatagainunderlinestheimportanceofmaintaining good eye contact with your students.

Studentscanalsosendsignsofpositivefeedback.Youmayoftenobservestudentsattheverymomenttheygainnewknowledge.Whenyouseeastudent’sfacelightup,youareseeingunderstandingtakeplace.Thispositivefeedbackisoneofthemostpersonallyrewarding experiences of an instructor.

Feedbackisimportantbecauseitindicateshowyoumustadjustyourinstructiontocommunicateeffectively.Ifthestudentshaveobviouslynotlearned,thenyoumustmodifyyourinstructionalapproach.

Feedbackmakesthelearningprocessanintercommunicationactivitybetweenthestudentsandtheinstructor.Assuch,itiscritical to the success of the instructional mission.

MANAGING NERVOUSNESS

Perhapsthebiggestfearofanybeginninginstructoristhattheymaynotbeabletoovercometheirnervousness.Thetrickisnottoovercomenervousness,butinstead,tomanagenervousness(Fig.5-4).Nervousnessisokay.Thetablebelowdisplayssomecommonmanifestations of nervousness and strategies for managing them.

Page 78: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 568

Figure 5-4: Strategies for Managing Nervousness

ORAL QUESTIONS

Fortwo-waycommunicationtotakeplacebetweenyouandthestudents,youmustusegood,thought-provokingquestionsthroughoutthe lesson. The use of oral questions allows you to determine from time to time if you are maintaining essential communication. Properlyplanned,implemented,andevaluated,oralquestioningimproveseffectivenessandmoreimportantly,studentlearning.

The greatest resource for enhancing your classroom instruction is the students themselves. Training is most effective and learning morepermanentwhenthestudentstakeanactivepartintheprocess.Studentsneedtointeractwiththesubjectmatterandthe instructor during the lessons rather than just at test or performance time.

The responsibility of active class participation lies with you,theinstructor.Avoidoverusingthequestioningtechniqueofasking,“Arethereanyquestions?”Thatdoesnotstimulatemuchthought or generate productive class participation.

Asaninstructor,alwaysrememberthatonepurposeofquestioningis to help students get involved in learning the material at hand. Someinstructorshavemasteredthetechniqueofteachingalessonalmost entirely using oral questions. Questions add variety to a lessonandrequireactivestudentinvolvement.However,questions

Page 79: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 69

areonlyaseffectiveasthemannerinwhichtheyareused.Youcandefeat the whole purpose of the questioning technique by using it improperly,somakesureyoulearnhowtousequestionsproperly.

Ifyoudonothaveanaturalknackfororalquestioning,youcandevelopsomedegreeofskillbysettingyourselfagoalforimprovement and then practicing constantly.

Trytodecreasetheamountofone-waycommunicationintheclassroombyaskingquestionsasmuchasyoumakestatements.Asaninstructor,youwillfindthatyouhaveanaturalcompulsionto“tell,”whichisunderstandable.Afterall,thatisprobablywhatyourinstructorsdid.Studiesshowthatinatypicalclassroom,someoneistalkingtwo-thirdsofthetime;andofthattime,theinstructordoesthemajorityofthetalking.Thismeansthatthestudentsgetonlyone-thirdofthetimetorespondinthoseclassrooms.Throughgoodquestioningtechniques,youcanincreaseandimprovetheamountofstudentresponsesbeyondtheone-wordcontribution.

Akeypointtorememberisthattheintentofaquestionisto elicit a response. Effective use of questions will result in morestudentslearningthananyothersingletechnique.Becomingskillfulintheartofquestioningwillincreaseyoureffectivenessas an instructor.

PURPOSES OF ORAL QUESTIONING

The primary purpose of oral questioning is to stimulate the studentstothink.Navyrequirementscallforpeoplewhocanoperate complex equipment and carry out those troubleshooting and maintenanceproceduresneededtokeeptheequipmentoperatingatpeakperformance.Toperformthosedutieseffectively,Sailorsmustbetrainedtoanalyze,compare,andinterpretfacts,data,andmethods,allofwhichrequireahighcaliberofthinking.

Oral questioning also provides you with a practical means for establishingthelevelofinstruction.Studentsmayvarygreatlyinthequantityandqualityofbackgroundknowledgetheyhaveacquiredthroughprevioustrainingandexperience.Youmustdeterminethelevel of achievement of the students before proceeding with the presentation of new subject matter. Although you may use a pretest oraquestionnaireforthispurpose,thequickestandsimplestmeans is a series of oral questions.

Page 80: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 570

Oralquestioninghasthreeotherimportantpurposes:First,itarousesinterestinthesubjectmatter.Second,itfocusesattentionuponaparticularareaofthesubjectmatter.Third,itdrillsstudentsonsubjectmattertheymustrecallprecisely,suchascorrectterminology,functionsofparts,andsafetyprecautions.

Usequestionstoachievethefollowingbenefits:

•Discovereachstudent’sinterests,abilities,anddepthofknowledge.

•Arousestudentinterestinthesubjectmatterofthelesson.•Stimulatediscussion,andkeepitcloselytiedtothesubjectmatter.

•Reviewandsummarizeimportantpoints.•Teststudents’knowledgeofwhatthelessonhascovered,andchecktheeffectivenessoftheinstruction.

CHARACTERISTICS OF GOOD ORAL QUESTIONING

Questionsthatarepoorlyworded,vagueinmeaning,orambiguouswillfrustratebothyouandthestudents.Studentswhodonotcomprehend the true meaning of poorly phrased questions will hesitatelongerthanusualandthengiveuncertainanswers.Youmayfeeldissatisfiedwiththeanswersandwanttoreprimandthestudentsfortheirlackofattentionandunderstanding.Thestudents,knowingthattheyhaveansweredunsatisfactorilythroughnofaultoftheirown,mayloseenthusiasmandwithdrawfromactiveparticipation.Youcanavoidfrustrationsofthiskindbyplanningyour questions well in advance as well as carefully choosing and arranging words and phrases.

The construction of good oral questions requires three considerations:levelofinstruction,useoftheinterrogative,andclarity of meaning. Let us consider each of these more closely now.

Level of Instruction

Inaskingquestions,usesimplewords,correctgrammar,andcompletesentences.Usewordsthestudentsknowandunderstand.Asthecourseprogresses,introducenewtermsandmoretechnicalphraseology.

Askquestionsattimesthatsuityourpresentationofcoursematerial.Planquestionsthatrequirestudentstothinkbeforeanswering. Do not use questions that give away the answer or closed questions that students can answer with a simple yes or no.

Page 81: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 71

Use of Interrogative

Useaninterrogatorywordorphraseatthebeginningofyourquestionsothatstudentsknowimmediatelywhenyouareaskingaquestion.ExamplesofinterrogatorywordsareWho,What,When,Where,WhyandHow.Thesearealsoknownasthejournalisticquestions.Inotherwords,whenapersonknowstheWho,What,When,Where,WhyandHowofathing,thentheyhavethefullstory.

Let us consider two examples where this is not done: (1)ThetwosizesoffirehosemostfrequentlyusedintheNavyarewhat?and(2)Youcandeterminewhetherornotexplosivevaporsareinacompartmentbywhatmeans?

Questions worded in this way handicap the students in at leasttwoways.First,thestudentsareexpectingadeclarativestatement,notaquestion.Second,theycannotidentifythemeaningofthequestionuntilthefinalwordsarespoken.Notetheimprovement in these same questions when an interrogatory word or phraseisplacedatthebeginning:(1)WhatarethetwosizesoffirehosesusedmostfrequentlyintheNavy?and(2)Bywhatmeanscan you determine whether or not explosive or toxic vapors are in a compartment?

Clarity of Meaning

Avoidtheuseofcatchortrickquestionsasateachingdevice,especiallyforbeginners.Makesurethewordingofthequestionconveys to the students the true or intended meaning. The students mustunderstandwhatyouwant,regardlessofwhethertheyknowthecorrectanswer.“Wherearestormwarningsflagsflownaboardship?”isagoodquestion;but“Wherearestormwarningsflagsflown?”failsto indicate what point is being tested.

Makeyourquestionsbrief,andlimitthemtoonethought.To include too many factors in a single question confuses the students.Askwell-stated,clearlyunderstoodquestionsinanormal conversational tone as part of the lesson. After each lesson,reevaluateyourquestionsinlightofhowwellthestudentresponses contributed to better learning.

TYPES OF ORAL QUESTIONS

Learntouseoralquestionsthroughoutthelesson.Usetheminthe introduction to create interest and focus attention on the subject matter and during the lesson presentation to ensure student understanding. Then use them at the end of the presentation for review and drill purposes.

Page 82: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 572

Feelfreetoaskfactual,thought-provoking,andinterest-arousing questions as often as you choose. Other types of questions may serve one or more useful purposes if used sparingly but may prove ineffective if you use them too often.

Factual/Close-Ended Questions

Factualquestionsaskforspecificinformation;forexample,“WhenwasthefirstU.S.nuclearpoweredsubmarinebuilt?”Althoughthe primary purpose of factual questions is to help students memorizefacts,theymay,undercertainconditions,haveimportantsecondarypurposes.Forexample,youmayusefactualquestionstoarouseinterest,tofocusattentionuponcertainpartsofthesubjectmatter,andtoassistindeterminingtheproperlevelofinstruction.

Thought-Provoking/Open-ended Questions

Thought-provokingquestionsnormallybeginwithinterrogatoryexpressionssuchas“Whatistheadvantageof,”“Whatisthedifferencebetween,”“Whyisthismethodconsideredsuperiorto,”“Howwouldyousolvetheproblemif,”andsoforth.Thevalueofthesequestionsisthatwhenasinglequestion,isproperlyuseditmaystimulatethestudentstothink.Preparegood,thought-provokingquestionsonkeylessonpointsinadvanceofthelesson.Reevaluate them after the lesson to see which ones you may want to use again next time and which you may want to revise for next time.

Interest-Arousing Questions

Interest-arousingquestionsareoftenacuepromptingcuriousityorfurtherthought.Initiallythesequestionsappeartorequirea factual answer. For example “How many Navy ships were involved incollisionsatseaduringthepastyear?”wouldberespondedtocorrectlybyaspecificnumber.However,thenumberisnotthegoal. The goal of this question is to focus attention and stimulate curiousity about the subject you are presenting.

Multiple-Answer Questions

Multiple-answerquestionshavemorethanonecorrectanswer.Theymay be used to increase student participation or cause students to thinkabouttheotherstudents’answers.Multiple-answerquestionsgenerateahighinterestlevelandimprovelisteningskills.

Factual,thought-provoking,ormultiple-answerquestionsmayalsobeinterest-arousing.Thatdependsuponyourintentionin

Page 83: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 73

askingthem,notuponthequestion’sformorcontent.However,ifyouoverestimatetheknowledgeofyourstudents,questionsintendedtobefactualmayturnouttobethought-provoking.Ifyouunderestimatethestudents’knowledge,questionsintendedtobethought-provokingmayturnouttobefactual.

Aspreviouslymentioned,certainkindsofquestionsareeffectiveif used occasionally but are detrimental if used frequently. Typicalofthesetypesofquestionsareclosed,yesornoquestions,leadingquestions,andcanvassingquestions.Nowletuslookateachofthesemorecloselyaswell.

Closed Yes/No Questions

Closedyesornoquestions,ofcourse,callforasimpleanswer--yesorno.Closedquestionshavevalueinarousinginterest,focusingattention,encouragingstudentparticipation,andservingaslead-instootherkindsofquestions,suchas“Whydoyoubelievethattobetrue?”Anexcessiveuseofyesornoquestions tends to encourage students to guess and limit student participation.

Leading Questions

Leadingquestionssuggesttheirownanswer;forexample,“Youwouldnotsmokeinthepaintlocker,wouldyou?”or“The40mmgunislargerthanthe20mmgun,isn’tit?”Ifusedproperly,leadingquestionshavevalueinfocusingattention,inarousinginterest,andinemphasizingapoint.Youcanalsouseleadingquestionstohelpthestudentthinkthematterthroughtotherightanswer.Ifyounoticestudentsgropingfortherightanswer,askaquestionthatdirectstheirattentiontoinformationtheyknowbutmayhaveoverlookedinansweringthequestion.Thistechniquehasvaluewhenusedskillfullybecauseitbuildsastudent’sconfidence.Occasionally,useleadingquestionstohelpstrugglingstudents,saving them the embarrassment of failure in front of the class. However,ifusedtoofrequentlyleadingquestionsmaydiscourageanyrealthinkingandbecomeboringtothestudents.

Canvassing Questions

Usecanvassingquestionstodeterminethosewhoarefamiliarwithaspecificareaofsubjectmatter.Ifyouareteachingdamagecontrolforinstance,youmayask“Howmanyofyouhavebeeninvolvedinanactualshipboardfire?”Ashowofhandsprovidesinformationaboutstudentexperiencesthatyoumayfindusefulasyourlessonprogresses.Itgivesyouagreatopportunityto

Page 84: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 574

bring some real life examples into your lesson and to provide some individual recognition for student contributions. Canvassing questions can also help to determine the necessary level of instruction for the class.

ORAL-QUESTIONING TECHNIQUES

A recommended technique of oral questioningconsistsoffivesteps:askingthequestion,pausing,callinguponastudent,evaluatingthestudent’sanswer,andfinally,emphasizingthecorrectanswer(Fig.5-5).Puttimeandthoughtintomakingeachstepcountinthe teaching process.

1.Ask the Question.Thefirststepingoodquestioningtechniquesistoclearlystatethequestion.Sincetheintentofquestioningistoprovokethought,askthequestionbeforecalling on a person to answer. That encourages each member oftheclasstoformulateananswer.Manyinstructorsmakethemistakeofcallingonastudentbeforestatingthequestion. That allows the rest of the students to relax and notformulateananswer.Whenyoustatethequestionfirstandthenpauseforafewseconds,everyoneshouldbeginactivelythinkingofananswer.Thispausealsoenablesstudentswhomyoudonotselecttoanswerthequestiontimetothinksothattheymayaddtotheresponselater.Identifyingtherespondentbeforeaskingthequestionmayalsostartleandflustersomestudentssomuchthattheymaynotbeabletorespond,eveniftheyknowtheanswer.Statethequestionclearly,usingonlyonecentralthought,byplacingtheinterrogativewordatthebeginning of the statement to alert students that a question is coming. Do not repeat the question or change the wording of the question unless necessary.

2. Pause.Afteraskingaquestion,pausetoallowstudentstimetothinkthroughtheiranswers.Varythedurationofthepausedependingonthedifficultyofthequestionandthelevelofthe students. Most instructors fail to pause long enough after askingtheirquestions.Callingonastudenttooquicklyisoftenasdetrimentalascallingonthestudentbeforeaskingthe question. Do not get in the habit of answering your own questions before allowing students enough time to answer or you will lose the value of the questioning technique.

Figure 5-5. The 5-Step Questioning Technique

Page 85: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 75

3.Pick a Student.Afterpausingforareasonabletime,callonastudentbynametoanswerthequestion.Thatsatisfiesabasicstudentneedforrecognition.Ifstudentsfeelyourecognizetheirindividualefforts,theywillputforthgreatereffort.Whenselectingapersontorespond,considerboththedifficultyofthequestionandtheindividualabilitiesofstudents.Consistentlyassigningadifficultquestion to a slower learner will demotivate that student. Alwayscallingonyourtopstudentforthemostdifficultquestionsmaydemoralizethewholegroup.Instead,spreadthe questions around without establishing a predictable pattern. A predictable pattern includes calling on students either in alphabetical or seating order or calling upon a selectfewwhosenamesyouknow.Scatteringquestionsalsopreventsmentalloafing.Fasterlearnerswilldominatetheclass discussion if you do not control student participation. Achieve a balance between calling on volunteer respondents andnon-volunteers.Allowonlyonestudenttoansweratatime,butencourageallstudentstoparticipateandvolunteeranswers. Although you may not call upon every student during eachclass,letstudentsknowyouexpectthemtotakeanactivepart.Iftherearenotenoughquestionstogettoeachstudent,youcanalwaysasktwoorthreestudentstorespondto the same question before evaluating their answers.

4. Listen to and Evaluate the Student’s Answer. The next step is tocommentonthegivenansweroracknowledgetheresponse.Thatdemandsacarefulandquickmentalevaluationoftheanswerforaccuracyandcompleteness.Providefeedbacktothe responder and class on the quality of the answer. When astudentgivesanincorrectanswer,becriticalonlyoftheanswerandnotthestudent.Besuretoprovidepositivereinforcement for correct answers. The strength of the reinforcementdependsonthedifficultyofthequestionaskedandtherelativedifficultylevelforthestudentselected.Donotoverdothereinforcement.Asimple“correct”or“thankyou”maysuffice.

5.Emphasize the Correct Answer. Thefifthandlaststepintheprocess,whichisoptional,istoemphasizeorrepeattheanswer given. Avoid the tendency to repeat each answer as that hastheeffectofdiminishingthestudent’sresponse.Rememberthatthestudent’sanswerhasanimportancefortheclassaswellasforyou.Insistthatanswersbeclearlyspoken;heardbyall;phrasedintelligibly;andifpossible,statedintheterminology of the lesson.

Page 86: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 576

THE APPLE TECHNIQUE

Asimplemnemonictohelpyourememberhowtousethe5-stepquestioningtechniqueeffectivelyisAPPLE(Fig.5-6).

Figure 5-6: The Apple Technique

Other Questioning Techniques

The following techniques may be used in addition to or in conjunctionwiththefive-steporApplequestioningtechnique:

•Calling on non-volunteers.Focusonthenon-volunteerstudents;avoideyecontactwiththeactiveparticipantswhenaskingaquestion. This will encourage the quieter students to reply. Assignaquestiontoastudentwhodoesnothaveahandraised;thenprovideappropriaterecognitionforthatstudent’scontribution.Thistechniquewillincreaseclassinvolvement,attention,andparticipationbecauseallstudentswillknowyoumay call on them regardless of whether they volunteer.

•Prompting.Sometimesyoumayneedtopromptastudentwhohasgivenaweak,incorrect,oran“Idon’tknow”responsetoyourquestion. Help the student to arrive at a correct answer by askingfollow-upquestionsthatcontaindirecthintsorcluestothecorrectanswer.Thekeytoeffectivepromptingistobegin on a simple enough level that the student can relate to the material. The questions in the prompting sequence depend on thestudent’spreviousresponse(s)andbuilduntilthecorrectresponse is given:

oTobeginthesequence,refertomaterialthestudentalreadyknows.

Page 87: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 5 77

oIftheinitialstudentresponsewaspartiallycorrect,firstprovidereinforcementbytellingthestudentwhatwasrightabouttheiranswer.Thenaskpromptingquestionsuntilthestudentcangivetheentirecorrectresponse.Ifthestudent’sfirstansweris“Idon’tknow,”rephrasethequestionorprovideanexampletoeliminateanyconfusion,ambiguity,orvaguenessintheoriginalquestion.

oAcknowledgethefinalcorrectstudentresponseinthesamemanner as if the student had given the correct response the firsttime.

o Do not allow the prompting technique to result in student badgering from you or from other members of the class.

•Seek further clarification. When a student gives a response thatispoorlyorganized,lackingindetail,orincomplete,donotprovidethestudentwithanyhints(prompts),clues,oradditionalinformation,butratheraskthestudenttodoso.Requestclarificationwhenyoubelievethestudenthasguessedatananswerorknowsthecorrectanswerbutishavingtroublestatingitproperlybyaskingthestudenttojustifyorclarifytheiranswer.Forexampleask,“Whatelsecanyouadd?”

•Reverse.Usethereversequestioningtechnique(answeringaquestionwithaquestion)togetstudentstothink,makeassociations,anddiscovertheanswerstotheirownquestions.Example:Thestudentasks,“WhydidtheChiefgivethatorder?”Theinstructormightrespond,“Ifyouwereinthesamesituation,whatorderwouldyouhavegiven?”

•Redirect.Usearedirectedquestiontoincreaseclassinvolvement and provide recognition for students who are answering questions. A redirected question occurs when you assignaquestionaskedbyonestudenttoanothermemberoftheclass for answering. Note: Never use this technique unless you knowtheanswerandbelievethestudenttowhomyouredirectthequestionalsoknowstheanswer.

•Refocusing.Usethetechniqueofrefocusingwhenyouwantthe student to relate a correct answer to another topic. This technique helps students to consider the implications of their responsewithinabroaderframeworkbynotingassociationswithother topics studied.

Page 88: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 578

SUMMARY

Asaninstructor,yougiveanimpressiontoyourclassfromyourappearance,speech,habits,questions,andoverallmannereverytime you present a lesson. This impression has a strong impact onthelearningprocess.Youmustbeanenthusiastic,positivemotivatorinyourclassroom.Youcontroltheenergyanddynamicsof the learning process. Remembering and applying effective communication and oral questioning techniques will improve your presentations and assist your students in learning the material.

Page 89: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 79

CHAPTER 6

INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS

INTRODUCTION

Instructionalmethodsareeducationalapproachesforturningknowledgeintolearning.Instructionalmethodsarethe“how to” in the delivery of training. The methods used in any learning situation are primarily dictated by the learning objectives decided upon by the course designers.Inmanycasesacombinationofmethods is used to intensify the learning experiences.

Asaninstructor,youneedtounderstandthefollowingmethodsandyourresponsibilitiesinusingthem:lecture,lesson,demonstration,role-playing,teamdimensionaltraining,gamingandsimulation,casestudy,facilitation,blendedlearning,anddistance learning. The lesson method and the demonstration method arethetwomostcommonlyusedmethodsinNavytraining.However,forpurposesofthischapter,allthemethodsarediscussedassequenced above.

LECTURE

The lecture method is an instructional presentation of information,concepts,orprinciples.Itsmainpurposeistopresentalarge amount of information in a short period of time.

Thelecturemethodisanefficientway to introduce a new topic of study orpresentbackgroundmaterialstudentsneed for future classes. A lecture

allows instructors to present a subject to a large audience because they use no visuals and there is no interaction between the students andtheinstructor.Infact,withtheuseofclosed-circuittelevision(CCTV),audiencesizeisessentiallyunlimited.Alecture may be presented to thousands of persons at a time through the use of a CCTV system.

Page 90: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 680

Sincethelecturemethoddependsprimarilyonstudents’listeningandnote-takingskillsforthetransferoflearning,youmusthaveeffectivespeakingskills.Yourspeakingskillsmayhelp you overcome some of the major shortcomings of poor student participation.

Inpreparingtodeliveralecture,setclear-cutgoalsandobjectives.Makesureyouhaveanin-depthknowledgeofthesubjectmatter,andfindrealisticexamplesandanalogiestousewithyourexplanations.Aswithanypresentation,applythelawsoflearningin your preparation and delivery.

Remember,theonlyfeedbackyouwillgetisthenonverbalcommunicationsfromyouraudience,ifyoucanseethem.Sinceyouraudiencemayquicklyloseinterestwithnoactivepartintheinstruction,yourlectureshouldlastnomorethan30minutes.Lecturesshouldbeshort,wellorganized,andtothepoint.

LECTURE WITH AUDIOVISUALS

Alecturewithaudiovisualsincludesvisualand/oraudiolearningaids. Navy training frequently uses this instructional method of presentinginformation,concepts,andprinciples.Asyoulearnedinthechapteronlearningprinciples,mostlearningtakesplacethroughthesenseofsight.Itfollowsthenthatallstudentsmustbeabletoseethevisualsbeingused,whichmaylimitclasssize.

The visual aids you use can reduce the amount of explanation timerequiredforstudentstograspconcepts,structures,andrelationships.Yousimplycannotgetsomeideasacrosstostudentswithouttheuseofvisualaids.Forexample,thinkhowdifficultan explanation of the operation of the internal combustion engine would be without the use of visual aids.

Lecturing with audiovisuals requires more preparation. That includes practicing with the actual visual aids in the place you willbeusingthem.Planyourtimingoftheuseofvisualaidstokeepthestudents’attentionandtostressimportantpoints.Sinceyourexplanationofthevisualaidswillrequireyoutouseeffectiveinstructionalmethods,decidewhichonesyouwilluse.Then mentally rehearse those techniques and practice using the visual aids until you can present your lecture smoothly.

Page 91: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 81

LESSON

The most often used method of classroom instruction within Navy training is the lesson method. The lesson method is interactive in nature and is primarily usedtotransferknowledgeorinformation to the students. This method not only includes audiovisualaids,itinvolvestheuseoftwo-waycommunication.Thelesson method involves exactly whatitsnameimplies--teachinga lesson and teaching a lesson involves much more than just presenting information. When usingthelessonmethod,youwillfollow a lesson plan written by curriculumdevelopers.Youwillincorporatequestionsintoyourlessontoencouragestudentthinkingandcheckforunderstandingthroughoutthelesson.Eventhoughyouhavealessonplan,youmustanticipatestudents’questions.Thatmeansyoumusthaveathoroughunderstanding of the subject matter.

The lesson method involves the use of training aids to support and clarify the main teaching points of your presentation. Follow the same procedures used in the lecture with audiovisuals method: prepare,planthetimingoftheiruse,andpractice.Tostrengthentheeffectoftrainingaids,askquestionsthatrequirestudentstoanalyzeandevaluateconceptsandprincipleswhilereferringtotheaudiovisualmaterials.Youruseofaudiovisualswiththelessonmethoddictatesalimitedclasssizeofbetween5and40students.Lessthanfivestudentspresentsaproblemingeneratingmeaningfulclassparticipation.Besidestheproblemofpoorvisibilityoftrainingaids,morethan40studentspresentstheproblemofkeepingstudentsactivelyinvolvedinthelesson.

Becausethelessonmethodofinstructingisversatile,itmayemploy many different instructor techniques. Regardless of the techniquesused,thelessonmethodinvolvesthreebasicelements:theintroduction,presentation,andrevieworsummary.Asaninstructor,youhavespecificresponsibilitiesforeachelement.

Intheintroduction,youmustcreateinterestinyourtopicandestablish why students need to pay attention and learn the material. Beginbyintroducingyourselfandexplainyourbackgroundandexperiences with the topic. Explain the objectives of the lesson

Page 92: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 682

andstresstheimportanceofthestudents’beingabletomasterthem. Remember the laws of readiness and effect as you prepare yourstudentsforlearning.Motivationisthekey.Ifyoucanhelpstudentsseehowtheywillbenefitfromyourtraining,yougivethemreasontopayattentionandlearn.Getthestudentstoshareexperiences that show why they need to learn the material. That helps toestablishtheirresponsibilityforlearning.Askquestionstobreakdownbarriersearlyinthetrainingsession.Thenestablishground rules by providing students with an overview of what you expectofthemandhowyouwillconductthelesson.Last,makeasmooth transition into your presentation.

The introduction represents only a small amount of the time spentinalesson,butitsimportancecannotbeoveremphasized.Studentswillformtheirfirstimpressionofyouandthematerialduringyourintroduction.Sinceyouonlygetonechancetomakeafirstimpression,makeagoodone.Usetheintroductiontogettheattention of and to motivate every student in your class.

The presentation is the part of the lesson in which you teach the lesson objectives. The lesson plan outlines the learning objectives and provides all the technical support you need for your presentation.Asyouusethismaterialinyourteaching,applythelawofprimacy.Beginteachingthenewinformationatalevelthatyourstudentscanunderstand;movefromtheknowntotheunknown.Teachinformationinalogicalsequence,makingassociationstopreviouslylearnedinformation.Useexamplesandanalogiestoappealto different learning styles and to reinforce the learning process. Activelyinvolveyourstudentsthroughoutthepresentation.Askquestions,plangroupexercises,andencouragediscussionsandnotetaking.Usetrainingaidsatappropriatetimestosupportexplanations and to stimulate and maintain student interest. Many times,thetrainingaidsmaypromptstudentquestionsandleadtoaclassdiscussion.Whileyouwanttoencouragediscussions,keepinmind that you have a limited amount of time to teach each lesson. Makeeffectiveuseofthetrainingtimeallotted.Donotgetboggeddown in discussions that do not relate directly to the lesson objectives. Control the pace of the instruction so that you will haveenoughtimetoproperlycoverandsummarizeyourlesson.

Intherevieworsummary,recaptheinformationtaughtinthepresentation.Gooverthemaindiscussionpointsofyourlesson;donottrytore-teachit.Askquestionsthathelpstudentsmentallyreviewwhathasbeentaught.Asyourstudentsrespond,reinforceimportantpoints(safety,stepsofprocedure,concepts,terminology,etc).Clarifyandcorrectmisconceptionsanderrorsso that students do not leave the class with an inaccurate

Page 93: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 83

understanding. Finish your lesson strongly with positive statements abouttheimportanceofthetopic,itsrelationshiptothejob,andthe responsibilities of the students.

Thelessonmethodisthemostflexibleandperhapsthemostuseful of all the methods in the training environment. The use of questions and visual aids contribute to maximum class activity andbettermaintainsstudentattention.Studentinvolvementbuildsteamworkandhelpsstudentsunderstandtheirresponsibilitytowardlearning. The lesson method develops more positive attitudes and providesmotivation,notonlyfromtheinstructor’sviewpointbutalsofromtheviewpointofthegroupitself.AsaNavyinstructor,resistthetemptationtolectureonly;insteadusethepositiveaspects of active student involvement.

DEMONSTRATION

Thebasic,andmostoftenused,methodofinstructionforteachingskill-typesubjectsisthedemonstrationmethod.Itcoversallofthe steps your students need to learn a skillinaneffectivelearningsequence.This method always includes – at a minimum – a demonstration step and a performance step and allows you to use other steps as needed.

DEMONSTRATION STEP

RelatedtoeveryNavyskill,mentalorphysical,isabodyofbackgroundknowledgestudentsmustknowtoperformtheskillproperly.Youcanbestteachsomekindsofbackgroundknowledgeinastandardlectureclassroomwithadequateprovisionsfor comfortable seating and for the display of training aids. Youmustpresentotherkindsofbackgroundknowledgebyactualdemonstrations conducted in laboratories.

Topresentbackgroundknowledgeanddevelopproperattitudes,vary your use of the learning techniques discussed in earlier chapters.Usethefollowingtechniqueswhengivinganactualdemonstration:

•Observesafetyprecautions.Riggingasafetyline,donningasafetymask,ortagginganelectriccablemaytakeafewmoreseconds,butyouhavenotwastedthetime.Instead,youhave impressed the students with the importance of exercising extreme care in dealing with potentially dangerous equipment.

Page 94: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 684

•Positionthestudentsandtrainingaidsproperly.Ifyoudirectthestudentstogatheraroundaworktableoratrainingaid,makesureeverystudenthasanunobstructedview.

•Showandexplaintheoperations.Performtheoperationsinstep-by-steporder.Wheneverpossible,explainandperformthesteps(process)simultaneously.Donothurry;youwillnotnormallyemphasizespeedinperformingoperationsorinmoving from one operation to another in the demonstration step. Makecertainthestudentsunderstandthefirststepbeforeyouproceedtothesecond,andsoon.Repeatdifficultoperations.Pausebrieflyaftereachoperationtoobservestudentreactionandtocheckstudentcomprehension.

•Giveproperattentiontoterminology.Calleachpartofatraining aid by its proper name each time you call attention toit.Gettingstudentstoretainthecorrectnomenclaturerequires more than just mentioning the name. The following suggestions should prove helpful:

o List the names of parts.o Refer students to any available chart that shows the parts

and names of parts.o Conduct a terminology drill on the parts of the training

aidwhiletheaidisbeingassembledordisassembled,asappropriate.

•Checkstudentcomprehensioncarefully.Askquestionsduringthe demonstration step that require the students to recall nomenclature,proceduralsteps,underlyingprinciples,safetyprecautions,andthelike.Watchtheclassforreactionsindicatinglackofattention,confusion,ordoubt;butdonotdepend solely upon visual observations.

Whenteachingskills,suchasdonninganSelf-ContainedBreathingApparatus(SCBA),inwhichadistinction between right and left isimportant;askanassistantinstructororawell-coachedstudenttohelpyou.Asktheassistant to stand so that the class may see what he or she is doing. Then direct the assistant in performing the activity while you observe the reaction of the students.

Page 95: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 85

Remember the law of primacy when performing the demonstration step.Alwaysproceedfromsimpletocomplexinlogicalsequence;showthecorrectwaytoperformthestepsthefirsttimeyoudemonstratethem.Alongwithteachingaskill,developproperattitudes,suchasthedesiretoperformsafely.

REPETITION STEPS

Whenusingthedemonstrationmethod,youwillalwaysprovideademonstrationstepandaperformancestep.Generally,youwillinclude one or more repetition steps between the demonstration step and the performance step.

Indecidinghowmanyandwhatkindsofrepetitionstepsyoushouldinclude,youmustconsiderseveralelements,themostimportantbeingthecomplexityoftheskill.Asageneralrule,themorecomplextheskill,thegreatertheneedforrepetitionsteps.Alsoconsiderthenatureoftheskill.Forexample,someskillsinvolvevisualsignalinginwhichspeedisimportant.Youmayneedtohavestudentslearnhowtoperformaskillcorrectlyandthenhavethemworkontheirspeedaftertheyhavemastereddoingitcorrectly.Otherskillsmayinvolveeaseofmanipulation,conservationofmaterials,andsafety.Alwaysconsidertheabilityofthestudentstoacquiretheskillandtheamountoftime available for training. Four types of repetition steps used with good results in Navy schools are described in the following paragraphs:

Instructor Repetition Step

Whenusingthisstep,repeatthejobwithoutnoticeableinterruptions,restatingtheprocedureandtheimportantsafetyfactors as you perform the steps. This step has two important purposes: to show continuity (how the procedural steps follow each other under actual operating conditions) and to set standards of ease,speed,andaccuracy.Relatedtechniquesofinstructionareasfollows:

•Introducethestepproperly.Motivatethestudentstopaycloseattention by explaining the nature of the step and by stressing the primary and secondary values.

•Performthejobwiththeproperdegreeofease,speed,andaccuracy.Streamlineyouroralexplanationstothepointthatthey do not hinder your performance. The proper degree of speed is the standard speed you expect the majority of students to attain by the end of the scheduled practice period. A lower standardmayfailtochallengetheaverageandfastlearners;

Page 96: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 686

a higher standard may cause many students to feel the goal is impossible to reach.

•Avoidanyactivitythatmightbreakthecontinuityofyourperformance.Forexample,discussionorquestionsduringthisstepmaydistractyouaswellasthestudents.However,givestudentsanopportunitytoaskquestionsattheconclusionoftheinstructorrepetitionstep.Youmayneedtoincludemorethan one instructor repetition step.

Student Repetition Step

Inthestudentrepetitionstep,selectastudenttorepeatthejob. Restate the procedure and the important safety factors as the student performs the steps. This step will motivate the students byprovingthattheycandothejobwiththeinstructiongiven.Itwill also show you those areas of instruction you need to strengthen.

One of the advantages of this step is the great amount of student interest generated when a student performs the job. The other studentswillputthemselvesintheselectedstudent’splaceandperform the job mentally. Related techniques of instruction are as follows:

•Introducethestepproperly.Motivatethestudentstopaycloseattention by explaining the nature of the step and what the selectedstudentmustdo.Inteachingamentalskillinvolvingcomputation,setuptheproblemaspartoftheintroduction.Always use new values (not those used in your demonstration step) in the problem the student will solve.

•Calluponastudentfromtheaveragelearnergrouptoperformthe job.

•Givetheselectedstudentadequatedirections.Thesedirectionsshouldincludewheretostand,whattodo,andhowtoholdandmanipulate training aids. Direct the student in the use of any othertechniquesthatwouldbenefittheclass.

•Correcterrors,butdosoinaconstructivefashion.Rememberthat the selected student is under some degree of mental pressure.Givethestudentanopportunitytocorrecthisorherown errors before calling upon other students to help. Avoid the use of mechanical guidance. When the student has completed thejobprovidepositivereinforcementandfeedback.

•Avariationofthisstepistohavethestudentexplaineachstep and its importance before performing it or as they perform it or to have the other students tell you what the next step is andwhyitisimportant.Youcanthencorrectmisunderstandingsand reinforce the most important information before or while the selected student performs each step.

Page 97: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 87

Group Performance Repetition Step

Whenusingthegroupperformancerepetitionstep,repeatthejobslowly,onestepatatime,whileallthestudentsobserveandimitateyou,onestepatatime.Usethisstepforteachingsimpleandnon-dangerousphysicalskills,suchasknottying,sendingsemaphore,andperformingthemanualofarms.Tousethisstep,youmustbeabletoreadilyseethestudents’movementsandtheymustbeabletoseeyours.Alsousethismethodtoteachmentalskills,such as solving mathematical or maneuvering problems or completing forms. The following are related techniques of instruction:

•Positionthestudentsproperly.Theirpositionshouldprovidean unobstructed line of vision both for you and them.

•Introducethestepproperly.Explainthegeneralplan.Stresstheneedforcloseobservationandexactimitation;theneedforthestudentstokeepinstepandnottogetaheadofyou;and the need for students to hold and manipulate training aids (ifanyareused)sothatyoucaneasilyseeeachstudent’swork.

•Performthejobproperly,onestepatatime.Forthefirstrepetition,explainthemovementsoroperationsasyouperformthem.Forsubsequentrepetitions,youmayusebrieferdirections.Usethetechniquediscussedinthesectiononthedemonstration step.

•Correcterrors.Callattentiontoerrors,demonstratethecorrectmovements,andthenrequirethestudentstorepeatthe movements correctly. Remember that this is a repetition steponly.Itdoesnottaketheplaceoftheperformancestep,during which students practice individually until they have attainedtherequiredstandardsofproficiency.

Coach-pupil Repetition Step

Thecoach-pupilrepetitionsteprequiresyoutodividestudentsintosmallgroups.Ifagroupconsistsoftwostudents,one(as the pupil) performs the job while the other (as the coach) checksthe“pupil’s”performance.Afterthepupilhasacquiredacertaindegreeofproficiency,theyreversepositions.Thisstepisparticularlyusefulinimpartingskillsinwhichperformanceinvolvespotentialdangertopersonnelorequipment;forexample,firingsmallarmsortroubleshootingelectronicsequipment.Youusea job sheet with this repetition step. The following are related techniques of instruction:

•Introducethestepproperly.Assemblethestudentsinonegroup,andgiveallnecessarypreliminaryinstructions.Include

Page 98: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 688

the location of each coach and pupil group in the training area,thetimeallowedeachpupiltopractice,andthespecificdutiesofeachstudent,boththecoachandthepupil.

•Positionthesmallgroupsproperly.Makeapreliminarychecktoensure that all groups are in their assigned positions and that thecoach-pupilrelationshipisbeingobserved.

•Maintainadequatesupervision.Althoughtheoreticallythecoachesareactinginthecapacityofassistantinstructors,they are still students. Maintain close supervision over all groups to ensure the students are observing safety rules and regulationsandaremakinggooduseoftheavailabletime.

PERFORMANCE STEP

The performance step is the step in which the students practice under your supervision until they have attained the required proficiency.Duringthisstep,thestudentsapplywhattheyhavepreviously learned as a result of the preceding demonstrations. Consequently,thetermapplicationorsupervisedapplicationmaybeused to identify the activity in which the students are engaged.

Theperformancestepinvolvesmanykindsofapplication.Someskills(knottying,welding,machineryrepair)resultinafinishedproduct.Theapplicationofsuchskillsconsistsofstudentspracticing a procedure until they reach the required standards of ease and precision.

Normally,speedisnotimportant.Otherskills(typing,visualsignaling,radiocodereceiving)involvespeedandaccuracy.Theapplicationoftheseskillsconsistsofstudentspracticinguntiltheyreachtherequiredproficiencyinbothspeedandaccuracy.

Broadlyspeaking,theperformancestepinvolvesseveralinstructorduties.Youmustbriefthestudentsontheapplicationactivityandexpectedstandardsandproficiencies,organizethestudentsintoworkinggroups,supervisetheactivity,re-teachasnecessary,evaluatetheresults,andkeeprecords.Thefollowinginstructional techniques elaborate on these duties:

•Givethestudentsaclearunderstandingoftheworkrequiredofthem.Thatincludesdefiniteanswerstoquestionsofwhattheymustdoandwhen,where,how,andwhytheywillperformtherequiredwork.

Page 99: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 89

o WHATmustbemade,done,orpracticed?Tellthestudentsexactlywhattheymustdo.Forcomplexskills,supplementoralinstructionswithinstructionsheets--jobsheetsforphysicalskillsandproblemsheetsformentalskills.

o WHENshouldtherequiredworkbedone?Givespecificperiodsintheclassschedule,aspecifiedtimelimit,oraspecificdateforworkcompletion.

o WHEREshouldtherequiredworkbedone?Tellstudentswhetheritistobedoneinaclassroom,workshop,laboratory,oroperating space.

o HOWshouldtherequiredworkbedone?Explaintheprocedurestofollowaswellasthestyleofwork,degreeofneatness,ordegreeofproficiencyrequired.

o WHYshouldtherequiredworkbedone?Explainhowtheworkwill affect the mission of their unit and the Navy as well as their future career.

•Provideadequatesupervision.Makesurestudentsfollowthecorrectproceduralsteps,observesafetyprecautions,observegoodhousekeepingrules,takeadvantageofavailabletime,anddevelopgoodworkhabits.

•Re-instructthestudentswhennecessary.Teachstudentstobeself-reliant;butifastudentgetsstuckatsomepoint,helpthestudentgetstartedontherightpath.Ifseveralstudentsappeartobehavingthesamedifficulty,callthemasideandre-instruct them as a group.

•Evaluatetheresults.Determinewhetherornotthestudentshavemettherequiredperformancecriteria.Providefeedbackto students regarding their performance in order to reinforce desired behaviors and correct areas that need improvement.

•Maintainrequiredprogressrecords.Keeparecordoftheday-to-dayprogressofstudents,orgiveperformancetestsat periodic intervals and record the results. Even when the curriculumdoesnotspecifygradedapplications,keepsomeprogress records.

Donotoverlookthelawofeffect.Studentsnaturallywanttosucceed,toknowtheirprogress,andtoberecognizedbythoseinauthorityoverthem.Encouragewholesomecompetition,andfrequentlyadvise the students of their progress.

Page 100: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 690

ROLE-PLAYING

Role-playingrequiresthestudents to assume active roles in a simulated situation followed by a groupdiscussion.Itisparticularlyuseful in teaching the development ofleadership,counselingskills,andteam dynamics.

ManyNavyjobs,suchasthoseperformed by personnel in supervisory oradministrativebillets,requiretwodifferentkindsofskill.Oneskillpertainstotheiroccupationalspecialty,andtheotherskillishuman relations.

Personnelcanacquirethislatterskillonlythroughpractice.The practice may involve the handling of actual human relations situationsduringon-the-jobtrainingorpracticeinhandlingsimulatedhumanrelationsinaschool.Fromatrainingstandpoint,the simulated situation is preferable because instructors can note and correct student errors. Errors made in a real life situation usuallyresultinseriousconsequences,suchasfailuretogetthejobdone,dissatisfaction,blame,andevenreprimand.Therole-playingmethod,therefore,isdesignedtoimparthumanrelationsskillswithouttheriskinherentintrainingbyothermethods.This type of learning is called experiential. The student has the opportunity to experience parts of the training in a physical or emotional sense before they discuss it.

Tousethismethod,firstdescribethesituation.Thenselectstudents to play the parts of the principal characters and give themashorttimetothinkthroughwhattheyaregoingtosayanddo.Next,letthestudentsenactorroleplaythesituation.Finally,underyourdirection,allowthegrouptoanalyzetheenactment.Helpthemtoevaluatewhatthecharacterssaidanddid,howtheyfelt,howtheyreacted,andhowtheymighthaveactedorreacted differently.

Successfulroleplayingprovidesachanceforeverystudenttotakepartinthelesson.Itprovidesvividexperiencesbothfortheparticipantsandfortheobservers.Remember,however,thatstudentscancompletelydeveloptheirhumanrelationsskillsonlythrough experience.

Page 101: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 91

TEAM DIMENSIONAL TRAINING (TDT)

Team Dimensional Training (TDT) is a product of a research effort conductedbytheNavalAirWarfareCenterTrainingSystemsDivision(NAWCTSD)thatspannedover10years.ThiseffortisknownasTADMUS,whichstandsforTacticalDecision-MakingUnderStress.Theprogramlaunchedinthelate1980sbecauseoftwotragicincidentsatseawhichareidentifiedbelow:

•In1987,amissilestrucktheUSSStarkandthisincidentledtoaheightenedreadinessandtensionaboardallU.S.militaryshipsoperatinginthePersianGulf.

•In1988,withtensionsintheareaalreadyhigh,theUSSVincennesmistakenlyshotdownanIranianairbus.

TDT is a process that enables team members to diagnose and correcttheirownperformanceproblems,therebyenablingthemtoadaptquicklytounfoldingevents,andtolearnfromandbuildupon their previous experiences together. The TDT process involves astructuredapproach,whichincludes:apre-briefingobservationofteamperformance,adiagnosisofperformance,andade-briefing.TheseTDTprocesstermsareexplainedbelow(Fig.6-1).

•Pre-brief:Thepurposeofthepre-briefistofocustheobservingteamontheteamworkprocesstheyareabouttoevaluate. This is where the goals of the drill are discussed. Theteamalsoorganizesandcoordinatesany“prompts”whichareused to simulate casualties or impose certain conditions on the

Figure 6-1: Team Dimensional Training Process

Page 102: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 692

trainees. Critical procedures and a timeline of events are set andachecklistiscreated.Whentheobservingteamisready,they impose the drill.

•Observe Performance: This step begins when the drill is called away. The observers allow errors to unfold naturally. They record detailed examples of actions of the team.

•Diagnose Performance:Atthispoint,thetrainingteamdiscussestheirobservationstaken.Theevaluatingtrainingteamselects,categorizes(safety,procedure,etc.),andprioritizesexamplesforpresentationtothetrainees.Thelastpartofthisstepistoconductaself-evaluationofthetrainingteamitself.Didtheyplanthedrillcorrectly?Wasthetimingrealistic?Whatcouldhavebeendonetoimprovethetrainingexperienceforthetrainees?

•De-brief:Inthede-brief,thetrainersrecapkeyeventswiththetrainees.Byusingeffectivequestioningandfeedbacktechniques,thetrainersguidetheteamintheself-critiqueprocess. They also help the trainees set their own goals for overcoming performance and safety issues.

TDT’sfocusistoprovideacommonframeworkforinstructorsto teach and improve team performance. TDT has proved to lower repeatmistakes,reduceerrors,increasetraineeparticipationinde-briefs,andincreaselearningamongstteams.TeamDimensionalTraining (TDT) is:

•Teamwork: A systematic way of identifying and evaluating teamworkbehaviorscriticaltoteamperformance.

•Structured:Aprocessofpreparingastructuredde-brieftosupport team learning.

•Self-correction: A method of guiding teams through a process of self-correctionusingeffectivefeedbackskills.

GAMING AND SIMULATION

The most recent generation of learners entering the Navy has grown up playing video games. This generation has no problem learninghowtomanipulatehundredsofvideo-gamecharactersinavarietyofcrisesthatrequiresplit-seconddecisions.The popularity of these highly complex games demonstrates that individuals can learn just about anything if they are motivated enough to do so.

Bothgamingandsimulationallowlearnerstomakereal-timedecisions and see the consequences of those decisions. They require learnerstoapplyproblem-solvingskills.Theoutcomeofthegameor the simulation is often the learning goal itself.

Page 103: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 93

Thebestpartaboutgamingandsimulationis,ofcourse,thattheyarehandsonandfun!Otherbenefitsofusinggamesandsimulations for instruction are:

•Providingrealisticandrisk-freepractice.•Increasinglearners’abilitytounderstandandremembercontent.

•Encouragingactivelearning.•Stimulatinginterestbyengagingthephysicalsenses.•Fosteringteambuildingandhealthycompetitionthroughmultiplayer games.

CASE STUDY

Whenusingthecasestudymethod,focustheattentionofthestudentsuponaspecificcase,whichmaybehypotheticalorreal.Collisionsatsea,fires,flooding,grounding,andaircraftcasualtiesallmakegoodcasestudies.Youwillnormallypresenttheclasswithcasestudiesinprintedform.Youmayalsopresentcasestudiesthroughtheuseofpictures,films,role-playing,andoral or slide presentations.

Afterpresentingacasestudy,divide the class into groups to analyzewhyorhowtheincidenthappened and how it may be prevented in the future. Have each group brieflyexplaintheirconclusionsso that the class can learn if more than one correct alternative exists.

The main objective is for students to learn from experience and develop problem-solvingskills.Usecasestudies to help students identify safety violations that have led to incidents,accidents,orcasualtiesandhowtheymaybepreventedinthefuture.Properplanningandorganizationareyourkeystogettingresultsinusingthismethodof instruction.

Page 104: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 694

FACILITATION

Doyouknowwhatitmeanstoserveasaninstructorinafacilitationrole?Thedefinitionof an individual performing in a facilitattionroleis,“Someonewhoaidsorassistsinaprocess,especially by encouraging people to findtheirownsolutionstoproblemsortasks.”

Facilitation is one of the many rolesaninstructorfulfillsintheNavylearningenvironment.Inyourfacilitationrole,youwillnotplaythe traditional role of instructor asapresenterofknowledgewithalloftheanswers.Instead,youwill put the learner in charge of his or her own learning and become a learning resource. When you facilitatelearningvs.instruct,you:

•Makethelearnerthecenterofinstruction.•Givethelearnerasmuchcontroloverthelearningprocessaspossible.

•Actasaguideontheside.

Thepurposeoffacilitationistomakethingseasierforstudentsto achieve their learning objectives. Facilitation leverages existingstudentknowledgeand/orskillstocreatesynergisticlearning experiences.

DISCUSSION

Theskillofguidingdiscussionisintegraltoalmostanylearningevent.Whentheinstructorusesthoughtprovokingandprobingquestionstogetstudentstosharetheirknowledge,experiences,orthoughtswiththeotherstudents.Discussionmaybeusedtoprefacealearningevent,duringthebodyofalesson,and/orinthede-brief.

Discussionisanactivityinwhichpeopletalktogethertoshareinformationaboutatopicorproblemortoseekpossibleavailableevidenceorasolution.Whenyouusediscussion,makesuretheseating arrangement allows all participants to have eye contact witheachother.Youcankeeptheclasstogetherorbreakitupinto smaller groups which later interact with the other groups. Thismethodnecessarilylimitsclasssize.

Page 105: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 95

This method involves an interchange of ideas by the students whileyoufacilitatebyprovidingguidance.Usedaloneorincombinationwithothermethods,discussionstimulateseverystudenttothinkconstructively.Italsoencouragesstudentstosharetheirpersonalexperiencesandknowledgewiththeirclassmatesandtocontribute ideas as a means of solving problems.

DIRECTED DISCUSSION

Initiatingdiscussionandchannelingstudents’thinkingand responses along predetermined lines is called “directed discussion.”Thismethodisusefulinteachingskillssuchasproblemsolvingandunderstandingcause-and-effectrelationships.

Directed discussion is often used in training that is conducted for the purpose of developing favorable attitudes toward a subject orsituation.Whenthatisyourpurpose,directeddiscussiongivesstudents more freedom to express their opinions. The success of directed discussion depends to a large extent on your leadership as an instructor.

Facilitation and instructing are different in that with facilitation,youarenottryingtoimpartyourknowledgeastheSME.Asamatteroffact,thecombinedexperiencesoftheclassusually exceed that of the instructor in the facilitation role. Youwilluseyourinstructorguideasablueprintofwherethediscussion should go. This may be done with questions or setting up exercises.

Whileservinginthefacilitationrole,yourjobisnottoteach.Itistoensurethediscussionfollowsapre-determinedcoursetomeettheobjectives.Properlyguidedthroughmethodslikedirecteddiscussion,theclasswillteachitself.Justensurethatthepurposeiscleartothestudentandthereisathoroughde-brief.

Asinpreviousmethodsdiscussed,thesuccessofadirecteddiscussion depends on careful planning by the instructor. Remember that some elements of the discussion method are included in every othermethodofinstructionexceptforastraightlecture.Yourgoal in using the discussion method is to actively involve your studentsinthelearningprocess.TheoldChineseproverb,“IhearandIforget,IseeandIremember,IdoandIunderstand,”certainlyappliesinthetrainingarena.Therefore,striveformaximum student involvement.

Page 106: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 696

BLENDED LEARNING

Blendedlearningcommonlyreferstothestudentsinteractingwiththeirinstructorinatechnologysetting,typicallyanelectronicclassroom.Theinstructor’scomputerhascontroloftheperipherallearners’computersusingaLocalAreaNetwork(LAN)insomecasesestablishinganIntranet.Thismethod of instruction is not to be confused with distance learning,inwhichtheinstructordoes not occupy the same classroom as the students.

Inablendedlearningenvironment,youarephysicallyin the same location as your students.Youguidethemthroughthe lesson using traditional classroom methods and using computer-basedtrainingcontentdelivered on the individual studentworkstationsviatheIntranet.Inthisdeliveryenvironment,therearetwocategoriesofcomputer-basedtraining:

Asynchronous CBT.Generally,aslearnerscompleteself-pacedCBTintheclassroomtogether,theywillbedirectedtoperformcertainperformanceassessments.Insomecases,theinstructorwillgradethese performance assessments and then enter the completion date andgradesintotheLearningManagementSystem(LMS).Oncealearnerhascompletedalloftheself-pacedmodulesandperformanceassessments,youshouldnotifyStudentControl/StudentManagementso that the seat is available for the next learner.

Synchronous CBT.SynchronousCBTallowslearnerstointeractwithaninstructorviatheInternetorfacetoface.Theinstructorandlearnersareallloggedonatthesametime,viewingthesamecontent.Thelearnerscanaskquestionsbyraisingtheirhands,viaemail,adiscussionboard,orchatroom.

INSTRUCTOR DUTIES TO THE STUDENTS

No matter if the learning event you are conducting is a role play,acasestudy,self-pacedcomputer-basedtraining,guidedindividualpractice,agame,asimulation,ademonstration,alecture,alesson,orTeamDimensionalTraining,thereare

Page 107: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 97

specificdutiesthatyou,theinstructor,mustperformforallofthem.Youwillneedtoadaptyourskillsforthevariouslearningenvironments. The six duties you have as a Navy instructor are to:

PREPARE

•Determinehowmanystudentsyouwillhave.•Decidewhichstudentswillperformeachrole.•Logistics:

o Doyouhaveenoughoftherightequipmentinworkingorder?o Isthereenoughspace?

•Conductawalk-through.•Ensuretheexercisesorscenariosmeettheobjectives.

BRIEF

•DemonstrateanyStepsifnecessary:

o Learners may need to see you demonstrate the steps to learn how to complete them appropriately.

o Ensure you have their complete attention prior to the demonstration.

•CheckforUnderstanding:

o Wait until all points of your brief are covered prior to askingifeveryoneunderstandsthedirections.

•DistributeMaterials:

o Distributing materials too early will distract learners from listeningtoyourbrief,forcingyoutore-brieforcorrectperformance after the activity has begun.

DONOTDISTRIBUTEMATERIALSUNTILAFTERYOUHAVECHECKEDFOR UNDERSTANDING!

Inselectinstances,itmaybenecessaryforyoutodistribute materialsbeforeorduringthebrief.Inthiscase,givelearnersafewmomentstolookthemoverbeforeresumingyourbrief.

Page 108: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 698

•ExplainthePurpose:

o Whattypeoflearningeventisthis?o Whyareyoudoingthisactivityorexercise?o Whatisthedesiredlearningoutcome?o Establishclearrules,particularlywhensafetymatters.

•Background:

o Establish the setting.o Makeitrealisticandrelevantforyourlearners.o Describethebackgroundandcharacters.o Describe the operational situation.

•TasksandTimeline:

o Tell the learners exactly what is expected of them.o Explain to the learners the sequence you expect them to

followduringtheevent.Insomecases,thesemaybeguidelines,ratherthanexactsteps.

MONITOR

•Monitorprogresstoensurelearningobjectivesaremet.•Providetimechecks.•Assessinvolvementofobserversandinterveneorpromptasnecessary.

DEBRIEF

Debriefingallowsyoutoencourageinsightfuldiscussionandprovidefeedbacktoparticipants.AffectiveQuestionsandGeneralQuestions are formats to use for class debriefs.

•AffectiveQuestions:

o Participantsshouldbeprovidedanopportunitytodiscusstheir reaction to the material.

•GeneralQuestions:

o SmallGroupDiscussion–Assignsmallgroupsandaskthemembers to discuss and present what they learned.

Page 109: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6 99

o OpenAudienceDiscussion–Invitethegroupasawholetogivereactionsandfeedbacktotheclassmaterial.Givelearnersguidelinesonhowtopresenttheirfeedback,forexample,givepositivefeedbackfirst.

INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE

Instructorobservationsareoftenthemostvaluedfeedback.Followtheseguidelineswhengivingfeedbackasaninstructor:

•Giveconstructivefeedbackevenwhencorrecting.•Ownthefeedback,forexample,“Itseemedtome….”

SUMMARY

Recaptheobjectiveofthetrainingeventandanykeypointsbrought up during the discussion.

DISTANCE LEARNING

Distance learning or distance education focuses on delivering instruction to learners who are not in the same physical or geographical location as the teacher or institution. Advances in technologyhavemadedistancelearningcommonplaceinacademia,corporate,government,andmilitarysettings.

Distancelearningistypicallybrokendownintotwocategories:synchronous learning and asynchronous learning. What distinguishes these two categories is typically the technology required.

Insynchronouslearningenvironments,theinstructorandthestudents all convene at the same time. This can be accomplished via non-computermeanssuchasphoneconferences,teleconferences,orevenVideoTele-Training(VTT).Synchronouslearningviacomputerscantakeplacethrough online communication software suchaschatroomsorevenspecializedprograms that provide an interface where students can interact with the instructor and other students on the internet. These can even involvescreen-topwebcamerasandmicrophones.

Asynchronous learning environments are those where the group or class does not meet simultaneously at an established time. Classesofthistypemaymakeuseofcommerciallyavailableonline

Page 110: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 6100

collaborativelearningenvironments.Thesepackagescontainmanyfeaturessuchasdiscussionboards,environment-specifice-mailaswell as the capability to share learning materials.

Itisnotunusualfordistancelearningclassestousetechniques and features from both synchronous and asynchronous environments.Forexample,aclassmayconveneonlineforonehourand communicate via chat and web audio and then use discussion boardsandotherasynchronoustoolsfortherestoftheweektocomplete course activities. These courses are sometimes called hybrid classes because they are made up of both synchronous and asynchronousorbothreal-timeandvirtuallearningenvironments.

SUMMARY

Everycourseyouteachwillrequireyoutoimpartknowledgeanddeveloptheskillsofyourstudents.Inteachingthoseknowledgeandskillsyoumayusedifferentinstructionalmethods.A combination of methods allows you to add variety to reach the diversegroupofstudentsyoumayhave.Yourskillandflexibilityin using different instructional methods will be the determining factor in how effective training is in accomplishing the objectives of the course of instruction.

The types of instructional methods that are available to you willallowyoutokeepthetrainingpacevariedandactivelypromote learner mastery of the information. The learning objectives determine the primary method you will use in a given training setting.AsaNavyinstructor,youmustbecompetenttouseeachof the methods dictated for your particular courses. That requires research,observation,andpractice.Youcanneverlearntoomuchabouttraining.Constantlystriveforimprovementandmastery,andyou and your students will be the better for it.

Page 111: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 101

CHAPTER 7

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

INTRODUCTION

Whatarelearningobjectives?Whyarelearningobjectivesused?Perhapsyouhaveaskedyourselftheseorverysimilarquestions.An objective is a description of the performance standard you want students to demonstrate before you consider them competent in that performance. Objectives provide a road map for the delivery of course content. Objectives provide direction for instruction,guidelinesfortesting,andconveyinstructionalintent. Objectives provide the foundation upon which course curriculum is built as well as the road map for the delivery of coursecontent.Theydefinewhatyouwillteachandhowyouwillmeasurestudentaccomplishment.AsaNavyinstructor,inadditiontohavingknowledgeofthepurposeofobjectives,youmustalsohaveanunderstandingoftheclassifications,elements,andtypesoflearning objectives.

LEARNING OBJECTIVE CLASSIFICATION

Learning Objective (LOs) are founded on job analysis data and describe what the learner must achieve to successfully complete the courseofinstruction.Learningobjectivesarebroadlyclassifiedaseitherknowledgeorskillobjectives.Bloom’s“TaxonomyofEducationalObjectives”wasdevelopedin1956tohelpidentifyanddefinelearningobjectives.Thisclassificationsystemisbasedon the assumption that learning outcomes can best be described as changes in student behavior. The taxonomy is divided into three mainpartsordomains:(1)thecognitive,(2)theaffective,and(3)thepsychomotor.

THE COGNITIVE DOMAIN

The cognitive domain contains the following six major categories. An example is given in each category to help illustrate the level of understanding the student should be able to demonstrate as a result of the instruction provided.

Page 112: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7102

Knowledge (Level 1)

Knowledgeisdefinedastherememberingofpreviouslylearnedinformation. All that is involved is the recall of the appropriate information.Knowledgerepresentsthelowestleveloflearningoutcomes in the cognitive domain. Objectives at this level require studentstodemonstratetheirknowledgeofthesubject,butnottheir understanding of it.

EXAMPLE:Statethethreeelementsoflearningobjectives.

Comprehension (Level 2)

Comprehensionisdefinedastheabilitytograspthemeaningof material. These learning outcomes are more complex than simple recall of information and represent the lowest level of understanding.

EXAMPLE:Explaintheuseoforalquestionsinalessonintroduction.

Application (Level 3)

Application is the ability to apply learning in new and concrete ways. Application differs from comprehension in that application shows that students can use (apply) learning correctly.

EXAMPLE:Demonstrateeffectivecommunicationskillsandtechniques.

Analysis (Level 4)

Analysis is the ability to separate material into its component partstoarriveatanunderstandingofitsorganizationalstructure. Analysis requires a higher level of understanding than either comprehension or application. Learning outcomes that involvedecision-making,problem-solving,ortroubleshootingskillsnormally require this level of understanding.

EXAMPLE:Distinguishbetweenappropriateandinappropriatemotivational techniques.

Synthesis (Level 5)

Synthesisreferstotheabilitytoreasonfromthegeneraltotheparticular.Synthesisstressescreativebehaviorthatcombinesmanyparts into a meaningful whole.

EXAMPLE:Prepareyourself,materials,andenvironmenttodeliverinstruction.

Page 113: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 103

Evaluation (Level 6)

Evaluation involves the ability to judge the value of material basedondefinedcriteria.Learningoutcomesofthiscategorycontain elements of all the other cognitive categories in addition to value judgments. This category represents the highest level of understanding within the cognitive domain.

EXAMPLE:Evaluatetheeffectivenessofanotherinstructor’sperformance.

Whenusingtheobjectivesinthisdomain,youmustmakesuretheyarerealistic.Youmustmakesuretheyreflectanaccurateindicationofthedesiredlearningoutcomesand,infact,measurewhatyouthinktheyaremeasuring.Youcannotmeasurelevelthreeoutcomes by level one objectives. Nor can you measure student comprehensionbyasking“recall”levelquestions.

The responsibility for ensuring learning outcomes falls largelytoyou,theinstructor.Iftheintendedoutcomeofinstructionisforthestudenttobeableto“apply”theory,principles,orconcepts(levelthreeofthecognitivedomain),then objectives must be developed and taught at that level.

Domains involve a “hierarchy” of learning outcomes. Those outcomesallowyoutoprovideinstructioninadefinedsequence.Thus,youfirstpresentfacts,methods,basicprocedures,andterminology.Thenyoucanmeasureyourstudents’accomplishmentof those objectives (by testing) before teaching higher levels of information.

The objectives show students what they are expected to learn from instruction. The objectives tell the instructor “at what level”topresentinformation.Ifthepurposeofatopic,asdefinedbythelearningobjectives,istocoverinformationattheknowledgelevel,becarefulnottogointotoomuchdetail.Conversely,ifthepurposeistoteachstudentstoapplytheinformationpresented,donotmakethecriticalerrorofpresentinginformationonlyattheknowledgelevel.

THE AFFECTIVE DOMAIN

Theaffectivedomaindefineslearningoutcomesassociatedwithemotionsandfeelingssuchasinterest,attitudes,andappreciation. Measuring the accomplishment of objectives in the affectivedomainisgenerallymoredifficultthanintheotherdomains.Inthisdomain,wearenotonlyinterestedina“correctresponse”butalsoindeterminingstudents’feelings,values,attitudes,andintereststowardthesubject.

Page 114: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7104

THE PSYCHOMOTOR DOMAIN

InNavytraining,alargepercentageofcourseobjectivesareassociatedwiththecognitivedomain,whilearelativelysmall percentage of objectives are associated with the affective domain.Becauseofthenatureoftechnicaltraining,theNavyalso places a great deal of emphasis on learning outcomes of the psychomotor domain.

Inthechapteronlearningprinciplesyoureadaboutthewayspeoplelearn.Youmayrecalltheyincluded:imitation,trialanderror,transfer,association,andinsight.Whilenoneofthesewaysareuniquetoanyonedomain,imitation,trialanderror,and transfer are closely associated with the psychomotor domain.

Studentsaccomplishmuchoftheirskilllearningbyimitatingbehaviorstheyobserveinothers.Theyalsoacquiresomeskillsby trying something until they hit upon a satisfactory (though not necessarily correct) solution or outcome.

Transfer,youremember,isapplyingpastlearninginnewbutsomewhatsimilarways.Youcannotalwaysprovidestudentswithskilltrainingonactualequipment.Thus,youmuststrivetocreate realistic learning situations that will enable students to later “transfer” that learning to their actual job. The categoriesofthepsychomotordomaininclude:perception,set,guidedresponse,mechanism,complexovertresponse,adaptation,andorigination.Letuslookateachalittlemorecloselynow.

Perception (Level 1)

Perceptionconcernsthestudents’useoftheirsensoryorganstoobtaincuesthatguidetheirmotoractivity.Itinvolvesthestudents’learningfromsensorystimulation(awarenessofasight,sound,orscent)andfromrecognitionofthestimulus(identificationoftheobject,sound,orscent)toperformcertainactions.

EXAMPLE:Chooseappropriatecoloredmarkersforletteringcharts.

Set (Level 2)

Setreferstothestudents’beingreadytoperformaparticularaction.Perceptionofcuesservesasanimportantprerequisiteforthis level. This category includes mental set (mental readiness to act),physicalset(physicalreadinesstoact),andemotionalset(willingness to act).

EXAMPLE:Displayproperstudentbehaviorinalearningenvironmentto indicate learning readiness.

Page 115: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 105

Guided Response (Level 3)

This level involves the early stages of learning a complex skill.Itincludeslearningthroughimitationandtrialanderror.Studentsareguidedbytheirinstructorasarolemodelandtheirown experience. The adequacy of their performance is normally judgedbyanotherpersonorbytheuseofpre-definedcriteria.

EXAMPLE:Displayproperinstructorbehaviorsinatrainingenvironment.

Mechanism (Level 4)

Thislevelconcernsperformanceskillsofwhichthelearnedresponsesaremorepracticedthaninthepreviouslevel,butarelesscomplexthaninthenexthigherlevel.Youexpectthestudenttobeabletoperformtheseskillswithsomedegreeofconfidenceandproficiency.

EXAMPLE:Usethevisualaidspanelasinstructionalmedia.

NOTE:Beforegoingontothenextlevel,wemustpointoutthatthis example objective could apply equally as well to levels two andthreeasitdoestolevelfour.Obviously,however,youwouldmeasure student accomplishment of the objective differently. Youshouldexpectmuchmoreofastudentinthewayofproficientperformance at level four than at level two. That is why you need to understand the intended level of instruction and the learning outcomes expected as a result of that instruction. While that is specificallytheresponsibilityofcurriculumdevelopers,you,theinstructor,musthelpstudentsaccomplishthedesiredtrainingoutcomes from the learning objectives.

Complex Overt Response (Level 5)

Atthislevelwithinthedomain,youshouldexpectthestudenttodemonstrateahighdegreeofproficiency.Thislevelincludeshighlycoordinated motor activities.

EXAMPLE:Demonstratetheprocedurefordisarmingliveordnance.

Adaptation (Level 6)

Adaptationconcernshighlydevelopedskills.Transferlearningisassociated with this level in that students use previously learned skillstoperformnewbutrelatedtasks.

EXAMPLE:Adaptyourinstructionalstyletotheappropriatelevelofinstruction for your students.

Page 116: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7106

NOTE:Youaremorelikelytofindbehaviorsatlevelssixandsevenoutside of the training environment because of their complexity. The example objective used in level six might be more appropriate to an evaluation program for experienced instructors than to studentsinaninstructor-trainingcourse.

Origination (Level 7)

Originationreferstoastudent’sabilityfornewandcreativeperformanceafterhavingdevelopedaskill.Learningoutcomesatthislevelemphasizecreativityinrespondingtoaparticularsituationorspecificproblem.

EXAMPLE:Developalternativestrategiesfordeliveringinstruction.

Bloom’s“TaxonomyofEducationalObjectives”providesathree-domainsystemfortheclassificationofinstructionalobjectives.Each domain is subdivided into categories arranged in hierarchical orderfromsimpletocomplex.Thesecategoriesaidin(1)identifyingobjectivesforaninstructionalunit,(2)statingobjectivesattheproperlevelforthedefinedlearningoutcome,(3)definingobjectivesinthemostrelevantterms,(4)checkingthecomprehensivenessofobjectives,and(5)communicatingtoothersthe nature and level of intended learning outcomes.

TYPES OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Intraining,LearningObjectives(LOs)areachievedwhenEnablingObjectives (EOs) and Terminal Objectives (TOs) are taught. These objectives do not vary and the two development approaches the Navy usesforcurriculumdevelopment:task-based(NAVEDTRA130series);andPersonnelPerformanceProfile(PPP)based(NAVEDTRA131series).YoucanrefertotheseNAVEDTRAseriestolearnmoreaboutthecurriculum development process and the roles these objectives play. Let us examine these different types of learning objectives a bit more closely.

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

LOs are statements of what the trainee can do after training (completing the course or part of the course). LOs are based on a CourseTrainingTaskList(CTTL)ifNAVEDTRA130(series)isusedoraPPPTableifNAVEDTRA131(series)isused.LOsarecomposedofthreeelements:thebehavior,thecondition,andthestandard.Theseelementsdefinewhatthestudentwillbeabletodo(BehaviorElement),underwhatconditions(ConditionElement),andtowhatdegreeofproficiency(StandardElement).Fig.7-1providesanoutline of these elements.

Page 117: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 107

Figure 7-1: Elements of a Learning Objective

THE BEHAVIOR ELEMENT

Thebehaviorelementofalearningobjectivedefineswhatthelearnershouldbeabletodoasanoutcomeoftraining.Itmayincludeapplicationofknowledge,accomplishmentofaskill,or demonstration of an attitude or value. This element of the objectivealwaysspecifiesstudentperformance.Youmustbeabletoobserve the behavior and to measure what the student must do to demonstrateaccomplishmentoftheobjective.Thesignificantpartsofthebehaviorelementare(1)thesubject,(2)aperformance-orientedverb,and(3)anobject.

Thestudentisalwaysthesubject.Commonly,thephrase,“Uponsuccessfulcompletionofthistopic,thestudentwillbeable to . . .” introduces learning objective statements. When a topic listsseverallearningobjectives,theintroductorystatementappears once with all of the objectives grouped beneath it.

Theperformance-orientedverb,or“action”verb,immediately follows the introductory statement and expresses the student performance required to demonstrate achievement of the objective. Learningobjectivesshouldcontainonlyverbsthatexpressactive,measurable performance. Objectives should not contain verbs that arevague,suchas“understand,”“know,”and“realize,”astheyareopen to interpretation and can be measured in many different ways.

The object of a behavior element is a word or phrase that denoteswhatisactedupon.Theobjectshouldincludeallmodifiersneededtodefinewhatthestudentwillbeactingupon.Forexample,considerthefollowingobjective:“Uponsuccessfulcompletionofthistopic,thestudentwillbeabletostatethethreeelementsofalearningobjective.”The“student”isthesubject,“state”istheactionverb,andthephrase“thethreeelementsofalearningobjective” is the objective.

Page 118: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7108

THE CONDITION ELEMENT

Theconditionbasicallydefinesaidingandlimitingfactorsimposed upon the student in satisfying the performance requirements oftheobjective.Thiselementmayalsodefinethedegreeofinteraction with the training environment that the learner may expect. One of the major concerns in Navy training is to ensure that the conditions of the training environment approach those ofreallife.Youmayencounterobjectivesthatcontainseveralconditionsornoneatall.Insomeinstances,objectivesmaycontainnoaidingorlimitingfactors,ortheconditionsofperformance may be obvious. The objective should not include conditions that are not legitimate training concerns. The following are some examples of conditions:

. . . given a list of . . .

. . . without the use of references . . .

...providedwithaModelXcalculator...

. . . in a damage control wet trainer . . .

Whencombinedwiththebehaviorelement,theconditionelementprovidesaclearerunderstandingofthelearningoutcomedefinedbythe objective.

THE STANDARD ELEMENT

Thestandardelementofalearningobjectivespecifiesthecriteriathestudents’performancemustmeet.Standardsarenormallydefinedastime,accuracy,quantity,speed,orsomeotherquantifiablemeasurement.Aswiththeconditionelement,whetherthestandard element appears in the objective depends on how critical itistodeterminingthestudents’accomplishmentoftheobjective.Ifyoumustmeasurestudentaccomplishmentagainstsomecriteria,thenthelearningobjectivewillincludethestandardelement.Ifnotincluded,thestandardisassumedtobe100percent.

Examples of standards are as follows:...40wordsperminute.. . . plus or minus one gram.. . . without error....with80%accuracy.

ENABLING OBJECTIVES (EOS)

EOsarespecificstatementsofthebehaviortobeexhibited,thecondition(s)underwhichitistobeexhibited,andthestandardtowhich it will be performed. EOs contain conditions and standards appropriatetothetrainingenvironmentincludingknowledgeand

Page 119: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 109

skillsthatsupportaTO.EOsarealearningobjectivethatthetrainee may accomplish at any point in the course after receiving appropriate training. EOs directly support the achievement of a TO and may support other EOs.

TERMINAL OBJECTIVES (TOS)

TOsarespecificstatementsoftheperformanceexpectedfromastudentastheresultoftraining.Itexpressesthebehaviortobeexhibited,thecondition(s)underwhichitistobeexhibited,andthe standard to which it will be performed. TOs directly support the course mission statement.

CONSTRUCTION OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Althoughthewritingoflearningobjectivesisnotdifficult,it can present a challenge. Developers must determine the desired learning outcomes and the conditions under which the student must perform. They must also decide how to determine when a student hassatisfactorilymetthetrainingrequirement.Afterthat,the information is converted into words that convey the message. Remember the following information about the construction of learning objectives:

•Learningobjectivesindicatewhatthestudentwillbeabletodo as a result of training.

•Thestudentisalwaysthesubjectofthebehavioralstatement.Thebehavioralstatementwillalsocontainaperformance-oriented verb and an object.

•Mostobjectivesdescribeconditionsthataidorlimitperformance.

•Standardsdescribethecriteriaofacceptableperformance.Theyareusuallyexpressedastime,accuracy,orquality.Thelackofastatedstandardimpliesthat100percentaccuracyisrequired.

Learning objectives for Navy training courses normally fall into thecategoriesofknowledge,mentalskills,orphysicalskills.Theseobjectivesallcontainthesameelements,butarewrittento determine different levels of understanding or achievement. Forexample,thefollowingthreebehavioralstatementspertaintothe same subject but are written to determine various learning outcomes.

Uponcompletionofthistopic,thestudentwillbeableto:

Page 120: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7110

•(Knowledge)StateOhm’sLawfordeterminingvoltageinaseriescircuit.

•(MentalSkill)Solveforanunknownvalueinaseriescircuit.•(PhysicalSkill)Measurecurrentinaseriescircuit.

These statements all indicate what the student is expected to be able to do as a result of training. When condition statements are added,theaidingorlimitingfactorstoperformancewillbeknown:

•StateOhm’sLawfordeterminingvoltageinaseriescircuitfrommemory.

•Solveforanunknownvalueinaseriescircuitwhenprovidedwithtwoknownvalues.

•MeasurecurrentinaseriescircuitusingtheModelXXMultimeter.

Whenthestandardisaddedtothesestatements,theobjectiveswill be complete. The objectives will then tell the students exactlywhattheywillbeexpectedtodo,underwhatconditions,and the criteria of acceptable performance. For example:

•StateOhm’sLawfordeterminingvoltageinaseriescircuitfrommemory.(Thestandardof100percentisimplied).

•Solveforanunknownvalueinaseriescircuitwhenprovidedwithtwoknownvalues.Problemsmustbesolvedaccuratelytotwo decimal points.

•MeasurecurrentinaseriescircuitusingtheModelXXMultimeter. Measurements must be within plus or minus one milliampofthosespecifiedonMaintenanceCard1-2-3.

These examples illustrate the development of learning objectives intendedtomeasurevariouslevelsofstudentachievement.Youshouldrememberandapplyyourknowledgeabouthowlearningobjectives are written so that you can help your students achieve specificlearningoutcomes.Asaninstructor,youareinauniqueposition.YouwillbeabletohelpdetermineifNavytrainingisproducingstudentswiththeknowledgeandskillstheyneedtoperform the jobs to which they will be assigned in the future.

INSTRUCTOR TECHNICAL COMPETENCY

Knowledgeofthesubjectmatterdirectlyrelatedtotheobjectivesofthecurriculuminwhichyouinstructisakeyingredient to achieving effective training. When planning individuallessons,beawareofhowyourtrainingactivitydeterminedtheobjectives,andifthepossibilityexiststojoinintheprocessofvalidatingthem,thenparticipatefully.

Page 121: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7 111

The following provides some guidelines applicable to learning objectivesthatcouldprovebeneficialtoyouduringyourinstruction in the classroom:

DIRECTION FOR INSTRUCTION

Tell your students that it increases their retention if you set clearexpectationsthroughthelearningobjectives.Stressthatclearly written objectives commit you to providing the environment inwhichtheirlearningobjectivesmaybereached.If,forexample,thestudentmustisolateafaultwithinacertaintimeframe,the student must be given instruction and the tools necessary to accomplishthetask.

GUIDELINES FOR TESTING

Stressthatclearlywrittenobjectivessignalhowitemsshouldbe tested. How can you be sure that learners have achieved an objective if the objective is not clear or if the testing is unfair?

CONVEY INSTRUCTIONAL INTENT TO OTHERS

Stressthatclearlywrittenobjectivesguidebothteachingandlearning.Inasense,theyareacontractbetweeninstructorandstudent.Theinstructor’sresponsibilityistoprovidelearningactivities that enable the student to meet the objectives. The students’responsibilityistoparticipateinthoseactivities,monitortheircomprehension,andseekadditionallearningopportunities if they do not feel they can meet the objectives.

CHECK UNDERSTANDING/RETENTION

Whenstudentsareaskedtorecallspecificinformation,theirresponseswillactasfeedbackthatmayindicatetheirunderstandingandretentionofthelearningobjectives.Itisyour responsibility to ensure that they have every opportunity to achieve their learning goals.

RELATE TO THE TRAINING OBJECTIVES

Itisveryimportanttosticktothetopicwhenaskingquestionsduring a training event. While it is acceptable to include extra detailsduringthetrainingsessioninordertomakeitmoreinteresting,donotconstructquestionsusingthisadditionalinformation.Thequestionsyouaskshoulddirectlyrelatetothelearning objectives.

Page 122: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 7112

SUMMARY

Learning objectives provide the foundation upon which course curriculumisbuilt.Theydefinewhatyouteachandprovidethebasis for measurement of student accomplishment. While instructors donottypicallyneedtoknowhowtowriteobjectives,theydoneed to be able to help students meet their learning objectives through their teaching. The instructor must ensure that the content iscoveredwithanappropriatelevelofdetail,withinthetimeframegiven,toensurestudentsuccess.Instructionalobjectivesarebroadlyclassifiedaseitherknowledgeorskillobjectives.Theseclassificationsarethendividedintolevelsoflearningwithinthecognitiveandpsychomotordomains.Yourknowledgeoftheclassifications,elements,types,andconstructionoflearningobjectives will help clarify your role in conducting training and strengthen your effectiveness in delivering training.

Page 123: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 113

CHAPTER 8

TESTING

INTRODUCTION

Doyourememberthefirsttimethatyoutookanadvancementexam?HowaboutyourfirstNavyknowledgetest?Doyoualsoremembercoming across test questions that made you stop and reread them becausetheydidnotmakeanysense?

Everyone in the Navy has been exposed to tests in one fashion or another.Youareprobablyfamiliarwithnorm-referencedtests(testsin which your score is determined by the scoresofyourfellowSailorsandMarines).Forexample,onlyacertainpercentageofSailorsandMarinestakinganorm-referencedtestsuchasan advancement exam will be considered advanced,nomatterhowmanyitemstheyget correct. The majority of the test itemsusedbytheNavyarecriterion-referenced (they must assess or test specificcriteria).Sohowdoesthisimpactyouasaninstructor?

Navy training activities use tests todeterminewhetherornotstudentshavesufficientknowledgeorskillstomeettherequirementsestablishedbythelearningobjectives;thatis,whetherornotthestudenthaslearnedthematerialand/orcanmeetaminimumstandard.Thephilosophyunderlying Navy testing is based on the achievement of learning objectives. Tests are given to determine if a student can demonstrate,insomemeasurableway,achievementoftheobjectives.

Everyone in the Navy has also been exposed to formal assessments. Formal assessment is simply an assessment that is structured. Aformalassessmentisonethatisgraded,scored,andhaspre-establishedgradingcriteriaagainstwhichthelearnerwillbemeasured. Examples of formal assessment include:

•Standardizedtests(e.g.,ScholasticAptitudeTest,CLEP)•Criterion-referencedtests(e.g.,“A”and“C”SchoolKnowledgeTests)

•Norm-referencedtests(e.g.,AdvancementExams)•Performancetests

Page 124: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 114

Youwillfillacriticalroleinthetestingprogramforthecoursesyouinstruct.Aftercurriculumhasbeenvalidated,course personnel (primarily instructors) are responsible for the maintenanceoftests,developmentofadditionaltestitems,andanalysis of tests and test items.

Youwillbeconcernedwithtwomethodsoftesting:knowledgeandperformance.Knowledgetestsmeasureachievementofobjectivesthrough the use of test items written at the appropriate learning level.Performancetestsmeasureskillacquisitionbyhavingthestudentdemonstratespecificbehaviorsdefinedbythelearningobjectives. This chapter focuses primarily on the information you willneedasaNavyinstructortodevelopknowledgetestitems.

KNOWLEDGE TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

Thebehavior,conditions,andstandardsspecifiedintheobjectiveswilldeterminetheleveloflearningtested.Youneedtoknowhowstudentswillusethismaterialonthejobsothatyoucantestthematerialtothatlevel.Navytrainingusesfivelevelsoflearningwhicharebasedon,thoughnotidenticalto,thelearninglevelsdefinedinChapter7.Definitionsandexamplesofthefivelearning levels are as follows:

•Recognition.Recognitionistheprocessofverbatimidentificationofspecificterms,facts,rules,methods,principles,procedures,objects,andthelike,presentedduringtraining.Studentsselectfromtwoormorechoicestoidentifytheinformation.Forexample,atestitemmayaskthestudentsto identify a particular switch on a piece of equipment by matching its name to a diagram of the switch. That is a recognition test item if the student has been taught that specificinformationduringtraining.

•Recall.Recallistheverbatimrememberingofspecificterms,facts,rules,methods,procedures,principles,andthelike.Tocorrectlyanswerarecalltestitem,studentsrememberandrespond exactly as taught. A recall test item requires students to respond from memory instead of selecting the response from two or more choices. Listing the steps of a maintenance procedure and answering a completion question by labeling parts on a diagram are examples of recall test items. Always test recallwithclosedbooktests,otherwiseyouarenottestingthestudents’abilitytorememberinformation.

Page 125: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 115

•Comprehension. Comprehension is understanding what was taught ratherthansimplymemorizingthewords.Itcanbedemonstratedbyinterpreting,explaining,translating,orsummarizinginformation.Whenmeasuringthestudents’understandingofanobjective,youmustavoidtheuseofverbatimrecallorrecognition types of items. Comprehension requires students to paraphrase the material presented in the item rather than takingitwordforwordfromthetext.Askingastudenttoexplainhowadeviceworksisanexampleofacomprehensiontest item.

•Application. Application involves the ability to use acquired knowledgeinajob-relatedsituation.Applicationquestionsrequirestudentstodemonstrateknowledgethroughmentalskillexercisessuchassolvingacomputationalproblemordeterminingresistancevaluesfromcircuitdiagrams.Youmustuse different problems or circuits from the ones you used in class to develop application questions to be sure the student didnotsimplymemorizetheexamplesusedinclassbuthasmasteredtheskill.

•Analysis/Evaluation. Analysis involves the understanding of the elementsofdataandrelationshipsamongthedatathatmakethe meaning of information explicit. Evaluation involves the judgment of the value or the effectiveness of procedures or solutionsbasedondata,criteria,andstandards.Forexample,consideraquestionthatasksthestudenttoselectthebestapproach to meet a stated objective. The question would require thestudenttoknowordeterminewhichoptionswouldmeettheobjective (analysis) and which single option would be best (evaluation).

Indevelopingknowledgetestitems,focusonthelearninglevelbeingtestedandwritethetestitemstothatlevel.Youmayusefivetypesofknowledgetestitems:multiple-choice,true-false,matching,completion,andessay.Letuslookateachofthefivetypesofknowledgetestquestionsmoreclosely.

Page 126: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 116

MULTIPLE-CHOICE TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

Themultiple-choiceitemisthemostfrequentlyusedofthefivetypes of test items. They provide a fairly versatile tool with the benefitoffastandeasygrading.Properlyconstucted,theycanbeusedtotestalllevelsofknowledgeexceptrecall.Themultiple-choice test item consists of the following with an example provided inFigure8-1:

•Instructions•Stem•Choices•Correctanswer

Figure 8-1: Parts of a Multiple-Choice Test Item

Typically,thistypeoftestitemcontainsfourchoices;however,dependingonthenatureofthecontentbeingtested,youcanusemoreorlessthanfour.Makeoneofthechoicesthecorrectanswerto the test item and all of the others plausible choices.

Thefollowingsectionspresentguidelinesforstemconstruction,alternative(choice)construction,testitemformsandformats,andcommon errors in item construction.

STEM CONSTRUCTION

A cardinal rule in test item development is to communicate effectively.Usethefollowingguidelinesasachecklisttomakesureyouproperlywritemultiple-choicetestitemstems:

•Includeallinformation,conditions,assumptions,anddetailsrequired for the students to correctly answer the question without requiring them to refer to the choices.

•Phrasethestempositively.•Ifyoumustuseanegative,highlightit(incapsorunderlined) so that the student will notice it and interpret the item correctly.

Page 127: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 117

•Useclear,unambiguouswordingsothatonlyoneansweriscorrect.Iftherearemultiplecorrectanswers,itmustbeclearlystatedthatmore than one answer may apply.

•Includewords,phrases,andsoon,thatpertaintoallchoicesrather than repeating them in the alternative.

•Omitinformationnotessentialtotheinterpretationofatestitem unless the learning objective being tested calls for the student to extract relevant information from a larger body of information.

•Ifthetestitemusesanillustrationonaseparateillustrationform,refertotheillustrationinthestembyfigurenumber.

•Positionthecompletionofanincompletestatementtestitemnear or at the end of the stem.

•Usethequestionformovertheincompletestatementformexceptwhenitwouldmakethetestitemgrammaticallyclumsyordifficulttounderstand.

•Fortestitemsintheformofquestions,usecompletesentencesendingwithaquestionmark.

•Avoidtheuseofmorethanonecompletionposition.•Testonlyoneideaorcentralthought.

Thefollowingsectionspresentguidelinesformultiple-choicetestitemdevelopment.Letuslookfurtheratalternativeconstruction,andstemandtestitemformats.Wewillalsodiscusssome common errors to avoid in test item construction.

MULTIPLE-CHOICE ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION

Youmustexercisecarewhendesigningthealternatives(choices)formultiple-choicetestitems.Makesurethepossibleanswersareplausibleandfitwellwiththestem.Thedifficultyoftheitemwill depend largely upon the choices. The more closely related theoptionsare,themoredifficultitisforstudentstoselectthe correct answer. A good rule is to develop choices based upon common misconceptions by students and inexperienced job incumbents. Youmaypreparechoicesbasedonhowstudentsmayincorrectlymanipulateterms,symbols,andthelike.Anadditionalruleistolookatthecorrectansweranddeterminehowyoumaymakeit incorrect. Observe the following requirements in developing multiple-choicealternatives:

•Includeonlyonecorrectansweroriftherearemultiplecorrectanswers,clearlystatemorethanoneanswerapplies.

•Usecloselyrelated(relevantorplausible)choices.

Page 128: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 118

•Usechoicesthataremeaningfulandnotsubjecttoautomaticelimination because they are irrelevant or unrelated to the question.

•Donotuseinterrelatedanswers(e.g.,“c”istrueif“a”and“b” are false).

•Usetermswithwhichstudentsshouldbefamiliarorthatyoucan explain within the limits of the test item.

•Makeallchoicesapproximatelythesamelengthandofthesamecomplexity.

•Donotusethewords“always”or“never”unlessknowledgeoftheapplicability/inapplicabilityoftheabsolutesispartoftheknowledgebeingtest.

•Ifusing“AlloftheAbove”or“NoneoftheAbove”onanyquestions you should use it on enough questions where it is correctandenoughquestionswhereitisincorrect,thatthepresenceofthis/theseanswer(s)donotpermitit/theirautomatic selection or rejection.

•Avoidusingnegativewording.However,ifyoumustusenegativewording,highlightit(e.g.,putthetextincapsorunderlineit).

•Ifthestemisaquestion(i.e.,aclosed-stem)andthechoicesarecompletesentences,begineachalternativewithacapitalletter and end each one with a period.

•Ifthestemisaquestionandthechoicesareincompletesentences,begineachalternativewithacapitalletteranduseno end punctuation.

•Punctuatechoicesthatconformgrammaticallywiththestructureof the item stem and form a sentence.

•Whenwritinganincompletesentencetestitem,makethewordingof the choices grammatically related to that of the item stem.

•Randomlyselectthepositionofthecorrectansweramongthechoices to avoid any patterns that may bias the test.

•Whenconstructingitemsthatinvolvenumericalanswers(orotheranswersthathavealogicalorder),arrangethechoicesin ascending or descending order.

MULTIPLE-CHOICE STEM FORMATS

Itisimportanttostandardizehowstemsandalternativesarewritten.Therearetwodifferentacceptableformats:closed-stemoropen-stem.

Closed-Stem Format.Youmaywriteclosed-stemitemsasacompletestatement or incomplete statement. The following is an example of a closed-stemcompletestatementformat:

Page 129: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 119

EXAMPLE:Whichofthefollowingobjectivesshouldtrainingaccomplish? (a) Attain personal goals. (b) Reduce changes in opinions. (c)Acquireknowledgeforitsownsake. (d)Developknowledge,skills,andability.

The complete statement format has the advantage of forcing you tostatetheproblemclearlyinthestem.Italsoreducesthepossibility of giving students grammatical clues. A disadvantage is that it may require lengthier responses. The following is an exampleofaclosed-stemincompletestatementformat:

EXAMPLE:ThesettingoftheAN/ABC-3Qflip-flop...indicatesthatintent-to-firehasbeenenergized. (a)B43 (b)C21 (c) C24 (d)D32

Whenwrittenasanincompletestatement,thecompletionpositionappearswithinthestatement,notattheendofthestem.Althoughthis form of test item is typically easier to write than complete statementstems,usethemsparingly.Theyencourageliftingoftestitemsverbatimfromthematerialandencouragestudentstomemorizeanswers.

Open-Stem Format.Thisformatusesanopen-endedstem,whichisanincomplete statement with the response position at the end of the statement. Each choice provides a seemingly logical conclusion to thestem.Althoughincomplete-statementstemsaretypicallyeasiertowritethancompletestatementstems,theymaycauseyoutoavoidthinkingaboutthequestionbeforeyoudevelopthealternatives.Thatmayresultinillogicalandunrelatedchoices.Generally,thelesssimilarchoicesareincontent,theeasieritisforstudentsto select the correct choice. The following is an example of an open-stemtestitem.

EXAMPLE:Whencrimpingbothastrandedandasolidwireinthesamecontact,thesolidwire’spositioninrelationtothestranded wire is: (a) above it. (b) below it. (c) beside it. (d) diagonal to it.

Page 130: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 120

MULTIPLE-CHOICE TEST ITEM FORMATS

Youmayconstructmultiple-choicetestitemseitherasquestionsor incomplete statements using either the standard or except formats.

Standard Format. This particular format is straightforward and the easiesttodevelop.Useitwhenyouonlywantstudentstoselectthe correct answer from the four choices provided.

EXAMPLE:Duringthesystemverificationtest,whatsuppliesvoltagesforTVCpositionsensortracking? (a)Minus20VDCprecisionpowersupply (b)Self-testDCreferencepowersupply (c)TVCpositionsensorAC/DCconverter (d) Missile command module

Except Format.Usetheexceptformatwhenthreeormoreequallycorrect choices answer the question. This format requires students torecognizewhichchoicesarecorrectandselecttheonethatisincorrect.Alwayscapitalizeandboldorunderlinetheword“EXCEPT”inthestem.Usethe“EXCEPT”formatsparingly.

EXAMPLE:AspecifictorquingpatternandassociatedtorquevaluescanbefoundintheSINStechnicalmanualforallofthefollowing assemblies or components EXCEPT: (a)Anazimuthsynchroassemblymountedtothestem. (b) A velocity meter mounted to the platform. (c) A replacement gyroscope mounted to the stable platform. (d) A platform stem mounted to the bedplate.

There are several common errors that you need to avoid when developingmultiple-choicetestitems.Listedbelowarefourexamples of common errors:

DoNOTusesimilarwordinginboththestemandONLYthecorrectchoice;itsuggeststhecorrectanswer.

Example of an inappropriate test item: (error underlined): What isthepurposeoftheMARDANmaintenancetestset? (a)MonitorstheC.P.operations. (b) Furnishes power to MARDAN. (c) Functions as a running time meter. (d) ProvidesstatictestingofMARDAN.

Do NOT state the correct choice in greater detail than the other choices. This practice often cues the correct answers.

Page 131: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 121

Example of an inappropriate item (error underlined): When all weaponpowerisremovedfromthePIP,whichofthefollowingstatementsistrue? (a) All power is lost to the MCC equipment. (b)TheMCCequipmentisfurnishedpowerfromNAVviatheMSR. (c) The DCCs have heater power applied. (d) PowerfromtheshipcontrolcentermaybepresentinMCC sinceitonlygoesthroughtheSHIPJP.

DoNOTusetwoormorechoicesthathavethesamemeaning.Iteliminatesthemasusefulchoicesandsimplifiesthecorrectchoice.Inthefollowingexample,choicesaandbhavethesamemeaning.Thus,theyreducethenumberofrealisticchoicesfromthreetoone.

Example of an inappropriate item (error underlined): What is the finalstepinperformingpostmaintenancechecks? (a)Securethefrontpaneltothechassis. (b) Makesurethefrontpanelissecure. (c)Setmanualtestswitchto“OFF.” (d) Rerun the diagnostic tests.

DoNOTusechoicesthatareincludedinotherchoices.Inthefollowingexample,alternativebincludesalternativea.Ifalternativebiscorrect,thensoisalternativea.

Example of an inappropriate item (error underlined): What is the operatingtime,inseconds,forthepressurization/compensationblowvalvetorollfromshuttoopen? (a)1to3 (b) 1to4 (c) 4 to 6 (d)9to11

TRUE-FALSE TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

True-falsetestitemsarereallyjusttwo-responsemultiple-choicequestions.Usethemonlywhenoneplausiblealternativetoanitemexists.Amajordrawbacktotrue-falseitemsisthattheyaremoresusceptibletoguessing.Astudentwhodoesnotknowthecorrectanswerhasa50percentchanceofrespondingcorrectlytoatrue-falseitem.Usetrue-falseitemstotestrecognition,comprehension,application,orevaluation.Usethefollowingguidelineswhenwritingthetrue-falsetestitem.

Page 132: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 122

TRUE-FALSE TEST ITEM FORMAT

Thetrue-falseitemformatisstraightforward.Writethestemasa direct statement and label the two choices below it as “True” or “False.”Besuretoplacethe(TRUE/FALSE)identificationbeforetheitem stem as shown below.

EXAMPLE:(TRUE/FALSE)WhenplacingtheCAinstowage,youmustmakesuretheCAtemperatureisnormalbeforesecuringheaterpower.a. Trueb. False

TRUE-FALSE TEST ITEM CONSTRUCTION Observethefollowingrulesforconstructingtrue-falseitemsstems:

•Includeallrelevantinformationandconditionsrequiredforthe students to correctly answer the item in the descriptive statement.

•Makethestatementconciseandclear.Makesurethepropositionthatmakesthestatementtrueorfalseisevident.

•Makesurethestatementisclearlytrueorfalse.•Placethe(TRUE/FALSE)identificationbeforetheitemstem.•Whenpossible,makeafalsestatementconsistentwitha typical misconception.

•Donotusespecificdeterminers(e.g.,always,never,none,all,may,sometimes)unlessknowledgeoftheapplicability/inapplicability of these absolutes is part of what is being tested.

•Keepitemsshort.Longitemsarehardertoreadandmoredifficulttojudgetrueorfalse.

•Whenpossible,usepositivestatementstominimizeconfusionandreinforcekeylearning.

•Donotlifttestitemsverbatimfromthecurriculum.

Page 133: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 123

MATCHING TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

Matching test items are generally the hardest to construct. Matching test items aredefinedastwolistsofconnectedwords,phrases,pictures,orsymbols.Everyitem in one list is paired with at least one item in theotherlist.Figure8-2provides an example of the basic construct of this style of test item.

Studentsmustmatchelementson one list with associated elements on the other list basedonspecificinstructions.Studentspairtheelementsin each list and record the answer. Matching test itemsareideallysuitedfortestingrecognitionbut,ifwrittencorrectly,mayalsotestcomprehensionandapplication.

MATCHING TEST ITEM FORMAT

The matching test item format consists of a stem and two columns listed below the stem. The stem provides direction as to how the student must match the items in the two columns. One column contains the questions or problems to be answered and the other column consists of the answers.

EXAMPLE:UsingtheFCDsinOPXXXX,matchthecircuitelementlistedinColumnBtothesignalitgeneratesin(ColumnA).WritetheletterrepresentingyouranswerintheblanktotheleftofeachsignalinColumnA.YoumayusealetterinColumnBonce,morethanonce,ornotatall.

COLUMNA COLUMNB1._____DATACHKNOTOK a.B102._____DATACHKOK b.B133._____DRYRUN c.B464._____EQCONTRST2 d.B475._____DATACHKREQ e.B496._____DATACHKALM f.C30 g.D56

Figure 8-2: Parts of a Matching Test Item

Page 134: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 124

MATCHING TEST ITEM CONSTRUCTION

Usethefollowingguidelineswhenconstructingmatchingtestitems:

•Alwaysplacethequestionsintheleft-handcolumn,andplacetheanswersintheright-handcolumn.

•Whenfeasible,usesinglewords,numbers,codes,symbols,shortphrases,andthelike,intheanswerlist.

•Whenfeasible,makeallanswersrelatetothequestion.Thathelps to prevent elimination of unrelated answers.

•Specifyinthedirectionshowoftenstudentsmayusetheanswers.Ifyouavoidaonetoonecorrelationbetweenthequestionsandtheanswers,itincreasesthetestitem’sdegreeofdifficulty.

•Whenpossible,arrangetheanswersaccordingtosomesystem(e.g.,arrangenumericalanswersinascendingordescendingorder).

•Placebothcolumnsentirelyonthesamepage.Studentsshouldnothavetoturnbackandforthtoseeboththequestionandthe answer choices.

COMPLETION TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

Completion test items are free response items in which the studentsmustsupplythemissinginformationfrommemory.Youmaymakecompletionitemsintolistingtestitemsinwhichstudentsmustlistrequiredanswerssuchaspartnames,proceduralsteps,andsoon,frommemory.Theadvantageofcompletionitemsovermultiple-choiceortrue-falsetestitemsisthatcompletiontestsrequiremorethansimplerecognitionofinformation.Thatis,theyeliminate the possibility of guessing.

Completionitemsareeasytoconstruct.Youwillfindthemuseful in situations in which students must write a computational equation,defineterms,listpartnamesandfunctions,andthelike.Thedisadvantageisthatitismoredifficulttoscore,andmustbejustifiedbygradingcriteria.

Page 135: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 125

COMPLETION TEST ITEM FORMAT

Youcanconstructcompletionitemsusingthreebasicformats:

Studentssupplythewordorphrasethatcompletesthestatement.

EXAMPLE:Thestationclockandtimedisplayareusedtochecktheperformanceof________________________________ofthedesignatedregister.The student provides the phrase “the individual stages” to complete the sentence.

Thestudentprovidesadefinition,term,formulaorsimilarresponsetoaspecificquestion.

EXAMPLE:Whatisthenameoftheunitthatdetectsangularmotionandsuppliesanoutputthroughprecession?

_______________________________________________________________

Thestudentsuppliesalistofprocedures,steps,parts,andsoforth,frommemory.Thistypeoftestitemmaybeexpressedinquestion or statement form.

EXAMPLEOFSTATEMENTFORM:Inthespacebelow,listinorderthe steps for placing the Chemical Warfare Directional Detector (CWDD) in stowage.

_______________________________________________________________

EXAMPLEOFAQUESTIONFORM:Whatarethesteps,inorder,forperformingatestsampleonthehydraulicservicingunit?

_______________________________________________________________

COMPLETION TEST ITEM CONSTRUCTION

Usethefollowingguidelineswhenconstructingcompletiontestitems:

•Wordthetestitemclearlyandcomprehensivelyenoughtoallowastudentwhoisknowledgeableinthesubjectareatoanswercorrectly.

•Makesurethemissingsegmentoftheincompletestatementitemisimportant,suchasakeyelementofaprocess,partsofanassembly,oramethodofrepairingequipment.

•Inincompletestatementitems,donotomittoomanywords,orthe statement will become unclear and force students to guess.

Page 136: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 126

•Inincompletestatements,makesuretheresponsepositionappearsnearorattheendofthestem.Itemswiththeresponsepositionnearthebeginningarehardertoread,andgenerallytakelongertoanswer.

•Providesufficientspaceontheanswersheetforstudentstoenter their entire response.

•Useadirectquestiontotestforcomprehensionoftechnicaltermsorknowledgeofdefinitions.

•Donotmakethecorrectanswera“give-away”wordthatcouldbeguessedbystudentswhodonotreallyknowtheinformation.Inaddition,avoidgivinggrammaticalcuesorothercuestothecorrect answer.

•Avoidusingstatementstakendirectlyfromthecurriculum.•Developgradingcriteriathatlistsallacceptableanswerstothetestitem.HaveSMEsdeterminetheacceptableanswers.

ESSAY TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT

Essay test items require students to answer a question with an originalwrittenresponse.Usecomprehensionessaytestitemsfortestingstudent’sabilitytoorganizedataandexpressthoughtsclearly in writing. Do not use them to test recall. Essay tests involve a relatively subjective scoring process since many factors may enter into the correctness of a response.

Thedisadvantagetoessaytestitemsisthattheyaretime-consuminganddifficulttoscore.Theessayitemmustbescoredbyanindividualknowledgeableinthesubjectarea,unlessonlyonebasic response is possible to a given question or requirement.

ESSAY TEST ITEM FORMAT

Youcanuseessayquestionstoassesslearningofacomparativelylargebodyofinformation,aswellasindividualelementswithinthatbody.Usethefollowingguidelinesforformattingessaytestitems:

•Stateclearlyandpreciselywhattypeofresponseisrequired.•Ifpossible,placelimitsontheresponsebyidentifyingthemajorpointsthestudentsshouldaddress,thelengthoftheresponserequired,ortimestudentsmayspendontheresponse.

EXAMPLE:Comparethegasturbineandthe600PSIsteampropulsionplants.Yourdiscussionshouldincludedescriptionsofthemajorcomponentsofeachsystem.Partialcreditwillbegiven.

Page 137: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 127

ESSAY TEST ITEM CONSTRUCTION

The following are examples of types of information for which you may want to use essay test items:

•Acomparisonorcontrastofitemsandprocedures.•Adecisionfororagainstsystemorequipmentoperation.•Relationshipssuchascausesandeffects.•Illustration(sketch)ofprincipleslearned.•Statementofpurposeintheselectionofamethodortechnique.•Criticismoftheadequacyorcorrectnessofadiagramorprocedure.

•Discussionofprimary,alternate,oremergencyprocedures.•Explanationordefinitionoftasks.•Observationfromillustrationoroperation.•Evaluationoftheappropriatenessofaprocedureortechnique.

MODEL ESSAY ANSWER OR GRADING CRITERIA

The essay test item must also contain a model answer you will use to grade the question. Observe the following guidelines in developing a model answer:

•Makesurethegradingcriteriaidentifiesalloftheessentialinformationknowledgeablestudentsshouldbeabletosupplyintheir essay.

•Makesureitpromotesobjectivescoringofthetestitembyestablishing a standard answer from which to judge all others.

•Makesureitidentifieshowmucheachitemorpartofeachitemisworth.Forexample,youmaygivetenpointsforthetotalessay. Five for identifying the correct steps in a process andfiveforlistingtheminthecorrectorder.Listcommonmisconceptions/errorsthatcouldbereflectedinanswersandindicatehowmanypointsshouldbelostformakingthoseerrors.

VALIDATION OF TEST ITEMS

Afteryouhaveconstructedthetestitems,andbeforeyouactuallyassemblethetest,validatethecontentoftheitems.Makesuretheyaretechnicallyandgrammaticallyaccurate,thattheymeasuretheobjective,andthattheitemsadheretotheguidelinespresentedintheprecedingparagraphs.HavetechnicallyqualifiedSMEsperformthevalidationprocess.Theindividualsvalidatingthetest item should answer the following questions:

•Istheitemtechnicallyaccurateandisthecorrectresponsekeyed?

Page 138: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 128

•Istheitemwrittentomeasuretheobjective?•Doestheitemmeasureknowledgecriticaltothetaskassociatedwiththeobjective?

•Istheitemwrittentotheappropriatelearninglevel?•Ifrecognition,recall,orcomprehensionoftheknowledgebeingtestedisrequiredforcompetentperformanceonthejob,istheitemaclosed-bookitem?

•Iftheknowledgebeingtestedisnormallylookedupduringorbeforeperformanceofon-the-jobtask(s),istheitemanopen-bookitemandistheessentialreferencematerialsupplied?

•Areallwordsspelledcorrectly?Isthegrammarcorrect?•Istheinformationdirectlyaddressedinthecoursematerials?•Doestheitemmeetformatconstructionguidelines?

IftheanswertoanyoftheprecedingvalidationcriteriaisNO,correctthediscrepancyandrevalidatethetestitem.Iftheitemmeetsthevalidationcriteria,thenitshouldbeapprovedforuse.

PILOT TEST

Onceyouhaveassembledthecompletetestyoushouldundertakeareviewprocess.Beforesubmittingthetesttoothers,beginby locating the material in the lesson plan. Note how the information is to be conveyed and how the learning objective is operationalized.Next,thetestshouldbereviewedbyothers.Firstsubmitthetesttotwoormoreinstructors/SMEs.Theyshouldprovideageneralreviewontestinstructions,content,technicalaccuracy,itemclarity,differentiationofresponseset,directrelationtoobjective,andgrammar.Developaninstructor/SMEtestcritique form. The second submittal is generally omitted but may be criticaltodevelopingagoodtest.Beginbyidentifyingacohortof students who are in the end stages of completing instruction in the same or very similar material. Test this group under actual test conditions with the caveat that they will not be evaluated on the results. Once the test is completed have them critique the testtheyhavejusttaken.Developastudenttestcritiqueform.Thefinalstepwouldbetolookateachstudent’sperformanceonbothtests.Aretheresultssimilar?Lookattheitemsmissed.Lookatitemsansweredcorrectly.Doyouseepatternsofbehavior?Forexampledoeseveryonemissoranswerthesameitemcorrectly?Whatdopatternsofstudentsresponsesleadyoutoconclude?Asan example if you observe a pattern of responses where a majority (90%+)answeranitemcorrectlythisitemisnotusefulindiscriminatingamongstudentsoversubjectmastery.Conversely,ifasignificantmajorityfailtoansweranitemcorrectlythisitemneedstobeexaminedforflaws(poorwording,ambiguity,etc)andifnoneareidentifiedconsiderdeletingthisitem.

Page 139: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 129

TEST-ITEM ANALYSIS

After test items have been reviewed for content validity and administeredtothestudents,statisticsarekeptbythecoursepersonnel to complete the validation process. These statistics includediscrimination,difficulty,andformultiplechoiceitems,effectiveness of choices. Curriculum development manuals NAVEDTRA 130and131,inadditiontoNAVEDTRA135,containadditionalinformationontestsandtest-itemanalysis.

PERFORMANCE TEST DEVELOPMENT

Thegoalofmanycourses,asreflectedinthelearningobjectives,istoteachstudentstoperformskillsneededonthejob.Therefore,performancetestingwillconstituteasignificantportionofthe testing for many Navy courses. Objectives that require the demonstrationofobservableskillsaretestedbyperformancetests.Performancetestsincludethefollowingconsiderations:

•Performancetestsaresimulatedworksituationsinwhichstudentsdemonstratetheirabilitytocompleteprocedures,produceaproduct,oracombinationofboth.

•Evaluationofperformanceusuallyinvolvesthedetailedobservationandcritiqueofastudent’sperformancebyatrained evaluator or instructor. The evaluation is supported by checklistsorratingscales.

•Theperformanceisobservedandevaluatedundertheconditionsand standards set forth in the learning objectives.

•Afinalproductperformancetestinvolvescomparingthestudent’seffortstoanacceptablecompletedexample.

•Skillobjectivestobeperformancetestedareidentifiedandrated as to their relative importance in measuring student attainmentoftherelatedjobskills.

Development of performance tests can be very involved. Performancetestsconsistofasimulatedworksituationinwhichstudentsperformtasksbasedonskillobjectives.Twotypesofperformancetestsareusedtomeasureskillachievement:processand product. The development steps are essentially the same for bothtypeswiththeexceptionofthefinalevaluationdevice.Someperformancetestsrequireacombinationofbothprocessandproductmeasurement.NAVEDTRA130andNAVEDTRA131providedetailedinformation about the development of performance tests and their elements.

Page 140: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 130

INSTRUCTOR TESTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Asaninstructor,youwillbeadministeringcriterion-referencedtestsatspecificpointsduringtrainingintheclassroomenvironment.Acriterion-referencedtestitemisanitemthatmeasuresbehaviors,accordingtospecificcriteria,asoutlinedinagiven set of objectives.

TYPES OF CRITERION-REFERENCED TESTS

Therearethreetypesofcriterion-referencedtests:

• Pretests.Pretestsmeasurealearner’sentry-levelbehaviorsandpriorknowledgeof selected instructional objectives. They are usually given before the learner has received instruction.

• Embedded Tests. Embedded tests measure selected instructional objectives. They are usually given while the learner is engaged in the instruction.

• Posttests.Posttestsmeasureallinstructional objectives. They are usually given after the learner has received instruction.

INSTRUCTOR-TESTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Each type of test should match the performance standards and conditionsspecifiedintheobjective.Providelearnerswiththeopportunity to show their achievement of the objective by meeting specifiedknowledgeorskillperformancecriteria.Instructorsmustcarry out a variety of responsibilities regarding testing. An overviewoftheirfiveprimarydutiesarecategorizedandexplainedbelow.

1.Prepare Environment •Preparingtheenvironmentinwhichlearnerswillbeassessedisveryimportant.Herearesomethingstolookfor:

•Secureatimeandplacefortheassessment. •Ifyouareinaclassroom,makesurethattheclassroom is clean and neat.

•Removeorlimitanyenvironmentaldistracterssuchas noise.

Page 141: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 131

•Iftheassessmentistakenasynchronouslyonline,make sure the exam is accessible to the learners.

2. Ensure Proper Tools Makesurethatyouhavethetoolsnecessarytoperformtheassessment(e.g.,atestadministrator’sorproctor’sguide).Thismeansensuringthatthetoolstobeusedareinworkingorderandthatthereisasufficientquantityforlearners.Prepareforpossibletechnicaldifficulties(whetherequipmentmalfunctionsinthelaborcomputermalfunctionsinaCBTenvironment) by having resources available to resolve them.

3.Review Protocols Youwillwanttomakesureyourlearnersareawareofseveralprotocolsbeforetheybeginanassessment.Someoftheseprotocolswillapplyonlytogroup-pacedinstructors,whileotherswillapplytothosefacilitatinganonlinecourse;however,mostwillapplytoanyinstructor.Protocolsareidentifiedandexplainedbelow:

Location.Pointoutthelocationofamenitiessuchasheads,parking,vendingmachines,etc.Explainbuildingevacuationprocedures if the assessment is in a location different from the classroom.

Conduct. Explain expected learner conduct during the assessment and the consequences for violating expectations. Forexample,youmaywanttostatewhetherlearnersmayleavetheassessmentfacilityafterthey’vestartedtheassessment.Definewhatconstitutescheatingfortheexamandoutlinetheconsequences of doing so.

Time.Indicatethetimeallowedtocompletetheexamandhowmanytimesthelearnersmaytakethetestbeforetheyarelockedoutoftheprogram.Asagroup-pacedinstructor,youwould verbally tell learners or have it written on the exam oradry-eraseboard.Asanonlineinstructor,youwouldindicateonthecourseWebsiteaspecifiedtimeperiod(saytwoweeks)inwhichlearnerscouldaccesstheexamandhowmanytriestheyhaveattakingtheexam.

Scoring.Indicateanyscoringprocedures.

Grades. Notify the learners of the date that they can expect to receive grades and procedures for receiving grades.

Page 142: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 8 132

4. Administer Test Dependingontheenvironmentinwhichyouareteaching,youmayhavetoadministertheassessment.Ifyourenvironmentisgroup-paced,placetheassessmentsface-down,givinglearnersinstructionsnottolookatorbegintheassessmentuntilgivenpermissionbyyou.Ifyourassessmentisbeinggivenonline,ensure that learners have access to the exam and that you are available for any possible questions or emergencies.

5.Conclude Testing Afterthetimeallottedfortakingtheassessmenthasexpired(if assessing in an online environment) or all learners have takentheassessment,accountforallassessmentmaterials.Afterward,secureallassessmentsforgrading.

SUMMARY

Assessingastudent’smasteryofobjectivesinaknowledgetestorskillacquisitioninaperformancetestisanaturalprogressioninthelearningprocess.Fortheassessmenttobeaccurate,testitems should be directly related to the level of learning you want tomeasure,andtheyshouldbevalidatedandanalyzedbySMEs.TheNavy’sFormalInstructorTrainingCourseusesbothtypesoftests,andstudentsareabletoexperiencefirsthandthebenefitsandlimitationsof each.

Remember,formalassessmentisanintegralpartoftheteachingand learning processes and as such should enhance effective learningandcontributetoimprovedteaching.Instructorshavemanyresponsibilitieswhenexecutingformalassessment,soitisimperativethat the instructor understand the complexities of testing and be adequately prepared to give support to their students during their testing progression.

Page 143: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 133

CHAPTER 9

COURSE MATERIALS

INTRODUCTION

Coursematerialsarethetoolsusedtolaythefoundation,preparetheframework,andconstructthebridgeoverwhichyourstudentsmustpasstoattaintheknowledgeandskillsdefinedbythelearning objectives of the course. Course materials include lesson plans,instructionsheets,andinstructionalmediamaterial.Whileyoumustbeproficientintheuseofallcoursematerialstoconducteffectiveinstruction,thesethreearetheprimarymaterialsyouwilluseinpresentinginstruction.Letuslookateachofthesetypesofcoursematerialsmoreclosely,beginningwithlessonplans.

LESSON PLANS

Thelessonplan,alsocalledInstructorGuide(IG),isthemostimportantdocumentavailabletoyouasaninstructor.Specifically,it is the blueprint that ensures instruction is presented in proper sequence and to the depth required by the objectives. Effective use of the lesson plan:

•Ensuresyouhaveconsideredallfactorsnecessarytoconductasafe and effective lesson.

•Guidesyouinconductinglessonactivities.•Helpsyoumaintainaconstantcheckonyouractivitiesandyourstudents’progress.

•Standardizesinstruction.•Informstrainingmanagersofwhatisbeingtaught.

Lesson plan formats differ somewhat depending on how they are developed.However,therearemajorelementswhicharecommontomostlessonplans.Letuslookmorecloselyatsomeoftheelements,commontothelessonplans,youwilluseasaNavyinstructor.

FRONT MATTER

The front matter of a lesson plan provides essential information regardingthecourseofinstruction.Youmustreadandunderstandthis information in order to ensure your instruction will comply withthecoursedeveloper’sintent.

Page 144: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9134

LESSON TOPICS

The lesson topics identify the main discussion points of each lesson within the course and the sequence in which you will conduct each within the lesson. They include required instructor preparation and an outline of the instruction. Each lesson topic consists offivebasicelements,refertoFigure9-1.Youmusthaveacompleteunderstandingofeach element and its purpose in the lesson topictobeabletoteachtheknowledgeandskillsidentifiedbythelearningobjectives.Theelements,whichalsocueyouractionsasaninstructor,areasfollows:

•Introduction•Presentation•ReviewandSummary•Assignment•Application

Introduction

The introduction is one of the most crucial elements of the lesson.Duringtheintroduction,youintroduceyourselfandthetopic,statethelearningobjectives,makemotivatingstatements,and provide a topic overview. As a part of the motivating statement,youshouldexplainwhythestudentsneedtolearnthematerialandhowtheywillapplyitonthejob.Besidestellingstudentshowandwhythelessonisimportant,youmustshowyour own motivation and enthusiasm toward the information. From thestudents’perspective,theintroductionbuildsemotionalinvolvement,arousesinterest,promotesmotivation,buildsasenseofpurpose,andfocusesattentiononthesubjectmatter.

Presentation

Thepresentationelementisthemainbodyofthelessonplan.Itis where you teach and otherwise explain the learning objectives. Itcontainsdiscussionpointsandrelatedinstructoractivities.Properlypreparedandtaught,thepresentationservestobuildstudentunderstandingoffacts,procedures,rules,concepts,terminology,andotherprinciplesoflearning.

Figure 9-1: The Five Basic Elements

Page 145: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 135

Review and Summary

The review and summary element of the lesson provides you with anopportunitytosummarizethetopic’smajorpointsandtofindandcorrectanymisunderstandings.Youreviewthelessontoreinforcelearningandtogetvaluablefeedbackonwhatlearninghastakenplace.Togetthisfeedback,youmustaskquestionsthatrequireyourstudentstothinkandtorespondbeyondtherecallleveloflearning.

Assignment

Youusetheassignmentelementtoprovidestudentswithpracticeopportunitiesand/ortopreparethemfortheirnextlesson.

Application

Thiselementenablesstudentstoapplyknowledgetophysicalormentalskills.Itallowsstudentstopracticethoseskills,usethematerialtheyhavelearned,andgetfeedbackabouttheirknowledgeandskills.Youevaluatethestudents’performanceastheyperformtheskills.Youprovidereinforcementandfeedbacktostudentsby pointing out errors and suggesting how to correct them. The applicationelementisonlyusedwithtopicsteachingskills.

LESSON PLAN PERSONALIZATION

Youwillbeprovidedwithacopyoftheapprovedlessonplanforthecourseyouinstruct.Itisimportantthatyouaddyourownpersonalizationtoeachofthefiveelementsofthelessontopicand tailor the lesson plan to your style of teaching. Lesson plan personalizationprovidestheinformationyouneedtomaketheinstruction uniquely yours without deviating from the approved courseofinstruction.Letuslookatsomewaystopersonalizeyourlessons now.

Types of Personalization

Personalizationofyourlessonplanincludesaddingsubjectmatter detail needed to cover the topic discussion points to the requireddepth.Youmayalsowanttoaddnotestoindicatewhenandhowyouwanttostressapoint,relateapersonalexperience,or use an example or analogy. Here are some things you may wish to includetopersonalizeyourlessonplans:

• Subject Matter Detail/Technical Information.Usethistypeofinformationtoprovidetechnicaldatasuchaspurposes,descriptions,facts,operations,andfunctions.Coursereference materials provide this information.

Page 146: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9136

• Instructional Strategies and Methods.Usecarefullywrittenquestions,well-plannedvisualaids,oradditionalstudent/instructor activities to enhance the lesson.

• Personal Experiences.Wheneverpossible,relateyourownon-the-jobexperiencestothelessontoincreasestudentinterest.Relating your personal experiences also has the positive effect ofreinforcingthepracticalapplicationofthematerial,whileserving to increase student interest and motivation.

• Examples and Analogies.Wheneverpossible,supportthemainpointsofthelessonplanbyusingpractical,reallifeexamples and analogies to simplify the concepts or ideas beingtaught.Forexample,supposeyourlessonisonthewaysoundwavestravelthroughair,butyourclasshasdifficultyunderstandingthatconcept.Thenperhapsananalogysuchas“Itis similar to the way ripples travel after a stone is dropped in water” will help them understand.

Steps of Personalization

Whenpersonalizingthelessonplan,followthesespecificsteps:

•Readthelearningobjectivestoobtainanunderstandingofwhatthe objectives are trying to achieve.

•Readthroughtheentirelessonplantogainanunderstandingofthe contents.

•Researchthereferencematerialstoobtainsubjectmatterdetail/technicalinformationneededtosupportthemajordiscussion points.

•Whenpossible,observeaqualifiedinstructor’spresentationofthelessonanddiscussitwithhimorherbeforepersonalizingthe topic.

•Personalizethelessonplan.Byunderstandingtherequirementsoftheobjectives,youcanputintoyourownwordstheinformation that will help you present the lesson.

•Updatepersonalizationasnecessary.Reviewyourlessonplanpersonalizationforcompletenessandaccuracyeachtimeyouteach.Makenoteofwhatworkedwellanduseitagain.Changewhat did not.

Page 147: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 137

INSTRUCTION SHEETS

Inadditiontothelessonplan,youmayalsouseinstructionsheets to provide the students with information or directions they needtocompleteaparticularcourseofstudy.Youcanusethemtoconveytostudentscertaindetailedinformation,instructionsforatask,oralearningactivitytheymustundertake.Youmayusesixtypesofinstructionsheets:outlinesheets,informationsheets,diagramsheets,problemsheets,jobsheets,andassignmentsheets.Whenacourserequiresalargenumberofinstructionsheets,theyarenormallycombinedintoadocumentknownasatraineeguide.

OUTLINE SHEETS

Outlinesheets(Fig.9-1)provideanoutlineofthemajordiscussion points of the topic. Outline sheets allow students to follow the progress of a topic more easily and also serve as notes for the lesson.

Page 148: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9138

TRAINEE GUIDE A-433-0021 OUTLINE SHEET 9-1-1

UNDERWATER HULL INSPECTION

A. IntroductionUnderwaterhullinspectioninvolvestheexaminationoftheexteriorunderwater

hull and components to determine the condition and needs for maintenance and

repair.Inthistopic,youwillbetaughtthecomponentstobeinspectedandthe

procedures for inspection.

B. Enabling Objectives:7.1IDENTIFYthecomponentsoftheship’shullinaccordancewiththe

UnderwaterWorkTechniquesManual,Volume2.

7.2DESCRIBEthestagesofgrowthcommonlyfoundonunderwaterhullsin

accordancewiththeNAVSHIPSTechnicalManual,WaterborneUnderwaterHull

CleaningofSurfaceShips,Chapter081,andtheUnderwaterWorkTechniques

Manual,Volume2.

7.3STATEthegeneralcontentsoftheFoulingRatingScaleandthePaint

DeteriorationRatingScale,inaccordancewithNAVSHIPSTechnicalManual

andWaterborneUnderwaterHullCleaningofSurfaceShips,Chapter081.

7.4DESCRIBEthefoulingareasofhullsinaccordancewiththeNAVSHIPS

TechnicalManual;WaterborneUnderwaterHullCleaningofSurfaceShips,

Chapter081;andtheUnderwaterWorkTechniquesManual,Volume2.

7.5APPLYthesafetyprecautionsassociatedwithunderwaterhullinspectionsin

accordancewiththeU.S.NavyDivingManual,Volume1;theUnderwaterWork

TechniquesManual,Volume2;andtheNAVSHIPSTechnicalManual,

WaterborneUnderwaterHullCleaningofSurfaceShips,Chapter081.

7.6PERFORMunderwaterhullinspectionsbydayinaccordancewiththeNAVSHIPS

TechnicalManualandUnderwaterWorkTechniquesManual,Volume2.

7.7PREPAREtheship’shullinspectionreportinaccordancewiththeDiving

TrainingStandards.

C. Topic Outline1.Introduction

2.ShipHullComponents

3.StagesofSeaGrowth

4.FoulingRatingScales

5.CriticalFoulingAreas

6.PlanningforaDive

7.UseRepairSafetyChecklist

8.PerformUnderwaterHullInspection

9.HullInspectionReport

10.SummaryandReview

11.Assignment

Figure 9-1: Example Outline Sheet

Page 149: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 139

INFORMATION SHEETS

Informationsheets(Fig.9-2)provideinformationrelatedtosubject matter contained in texts or references required for the course but not readily available to students. Each information sheetcontainsthreesections:theintroduction,references,andinformation.Letuslookateachofthesethreesectionsoftheinformation sheet next.

Introduction

The introduction section of the information sheet provides a general explanation of how and why an understanding of the covered materialbenefitsthestudents.Itmotivatesstudentstolearn.

References

The references section of the information sheet consists of a listing of all publications used to develop the course materials. Eachreferencefullyidentifiesthesourcebynumber,volume,part,andcompletetitle,etc.,asapplicable.

Information

The information section is written to a level consistent with the course content. Reference is made to information in technical manuals or other approved publications.

Page 150: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9140

TRAINEE GUIDE A-111-4251 INFORMATION SHEET 4-1-3-1

SAFETY POLICY FOR CONDUCTING TRAINING

A. INTRODUCTION1.Thisinformationsheetisdesignedtoprovideyouwithanunderstandingof

Navy policy regarding training safety.

2. This information sheet covers “Training Time Out” procedures that are to be

used during the conduct of this course.

B. REFERENCES1.NETCINST1500.1(series),OccupationalSafetyandHealth,TrainingSafety

andFirefightingCertificationPrograms

C. INFORMATION1.ThemissionoftheNavydictatestheneedforanaggressivetrainingprogram

topreparepersonneltoperformprofessionallyandcompetentlyinmanyhigh-

riskactivitiesunderdiverseandpossibleadverseconditions.Potentially

high-risktrainingincludes,butisnotlimitedto,trainingrequiring

exposuretopotentiallyhazardousconditionsinvolving:theenvironment

(waterentry,temperatureextreme);atmosphere(fire-fighting,useof

solvents);explosives(weapons);andelectrical,mechanical,orhydraulic

training devices or equipment.

2.ItisthepolicyoftheNavalEducationandTrainingCommand(NETC)to

providerequiredtrainingundercontrolledconditions,withinpractical

andrealisticlimits,toobtaindesiredtrainingoutcomeswhilemaintaining

themaximummarginofsafety.Includedinthispolicyistherequirement

that,intheeventatraineeisapprehensiveoftheirpersonalsafetywhile

undergoingtraining,toaddressthisconcern.

3.TRAININGTIMEOUT(TTO)Anytimeatraineeorinstructorhasapprehension

concerningtheirpersonalsafetyorthatofanother,theyshallverbally

signal“TRAININGTIMEOUT”tostoptheexerciseandreceiveadditional

instructionasappropriateinaccordancewithNETCINST5100.1(series).

FOR TRAINING USE ONLY

Figure 9-2: Example Information Sheet

Page 151: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 141

DIAGRAM SHEETS

Diagramsheets(Fig.9-3)providestudentswithillustrativematerial or with material to support other instruction sheets. Avoid using diagrams that already exist in course material. An exceptionwouldbereferencediagramsforstudentstomakenoteson,suchaselectrical/electronicschematics,hydraulicsystemdrawings,etc.

Page 152: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9142

TRAINEE GUIDE A-111-4251 DIAGRAM SHEET 9-1-2 Sheet 1 of 1

BLADED PROPELLERS (Looking from Stern Toward Bow)

Figure 9-3: Example Diagram Sheet

Page 153: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 143

PROBLEM SHEETS

Problemsheets(Fig.9-4)presentpracticalproblemsrequiringanalysisanddecisionmakingsimilartothoseencounteredonthejob.Theproblemsheetisaneffectivemeansofemphasizingthefundamentalsoflogicalthinking.Itisalsoaneffectivewaytohelp students learn to problem solve and to help them gain practice inapplyingtheirknowledgetopracticalsituations.Eachproblemsheetprovidesaclearstatementoftheproblem,theconditionsandparametersaffectingtheproblem,andthedirectionsandproceduresfor the solution to the problem.

Page 154: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9144

TRAINEE GUIDE A-012-0011 REV A PROBLEM SHEET B000-1-24-2 SHEET 1 of 4

DIAGNOSING GROUP PERFORMANCE

A. INTRODUCTION

The ability to evaluate student and group performance is developed by practice. The

purposeofProblemSheetsB000-1-24-2istoprovidedataforyourconsiderationand

allowyoutodeterminewhyperformancewaspoor.Usingthedataprovidedbelow,

diagnose the probable cause(s) of poor group performance.

B. PROBLEM

1.ClassNo:041

2. Test:

a. New: #

b. Existing:

3.PracticeTime:

a.Scheduled:N/A

b.Received:N/A

4.TestingSchedule

a.Dayoftheweek:Wednesday

b.Amountoftimesincelasttest:Oneweek

5.PrerequisiteSkills:Acheckofthetrainingbackgroundoftheclass

revealed that the students came to class having mastered supporting

objectives in previous lessons.

6.TestItem:Passingtestscoreis63.Testquestionsandobjectiveswillnot

beavailabletoyouforanalysistodeterminetestitemquality.Youwill

onlyhavethedatainitems1-5andtheinformationinthefollowingchart

to determine test item quality.

FOR TRAINING USE ONLY

Figure 9-4: Example Problem Sheet (Sheet 1 of 4)

Page 155: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 145

TRAINEE GUIDE A-012-0011 REV A PROBLEM SHEET B000-1-24-2 SHEET 2 of 4

Test Item(s) Missed By Class No.041

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

STUDENT 1 X X X X

STUDENT 2 X X X X

STUDENT 3 X X X

STUDENT 4 X X X

STUDENT 5 X X X X

STUDENT 6 X

STUDENT 7 X X X X

STUDENT 8 X X X X

STUDENT 9 X X X X

STUDENT 10 X X X X

TestItem(s) ObjectiveSupported

1,2,3 1.1

4,5 1.2

6,7,8 1.3

9 1.4

10 1.5

FOR TRAINING USE ONLY

Figure 9-4: Example Problem Sheet (Sheet 2 of 4)

Page 156: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9146

TRAINEE GUIDE A-012-0011 REV A PROBLEM SHEET B000-1-24-2 SHEET 3 of 4

7.Instruction: N/A

a. Data:

From this instructor’s previous class on same test as Class No. _

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10STUDENT 1 X X X X

STUDENT 2 X X X

STUDENT 3 X X X X

STUDENT 4 X X

STUDENT 5 X X X

STUDENT 6 X X X

STUDENT 7 X X

STUDENT 8 X X X X

STUDENT 9 X X X

STUDENT 10 X X

From another instructor’s class on the same test.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

STUDENT 1 X X X

STUDENT 2 X X X X

STUDENT 3 X X X

STUDENT 4 X X X X X

STUDENT 5

STUDENT 6 X X X

STUDENT 7 X X X X

STUDENT 8 X X

STUDENT 9 X X X X X X

STUDENT 10 X X

Figure 9-4: Example Problem Sheet (Sheet 3 of 4)

Page 157: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 147

TRAINEE GUIDE A-012-0011 REV A PROBLEM SHEET B000-1-24-2 SHEET 4 of 4

b.ProbableCause(s)Putacheckmarkbesidetheprobablecause(s)ofthepoor

groupperformanceofclassNo.041.

1.IncorrectAnswerKey:____________________

2.InsufficientPractice:____________________

3.PoorTestScheduling:____________________

4.LackofPrerequisiteSkills:_____________

5.PoorTestItems:_________________________

6.PoorInstruction:________________________

FOR TRAINING USE ONLY

Figure 9-4: Example Problem Sheet (Sheet 4 of 4)

Page 158: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9148

JOB SHEETS

Jobsheets(Fig.9-5)directthestudentsinthestep-by-stepperformanceofapracticaltasktheywillencounterintheirjobassignment.Jobsheetsprovideameansforstudentstoapplytheknowledgetheyobtainduringinstructionthroughtheuseoftechnicaldocumentationinperformingthetaskjustastheywouldonthejob.Thejobsheetismadeupofsixsections:introduction,equipment,references,safetyprecautions,jobsteps,andself-testquestions.Letuslookateachofthesectionsofthejobsheet.

Introduction

The introduction section of the job sheet clearly and concisely describesthepurposeofthejobsheetandexplainswhatbenefitsstudents can expect.

Equipment

The equipment section of the job sheet provides a complete listing of all the equipment the students need to accomplish the job.

References

The references section lists all publications students need to performthejobstepportion.Eachreferenceisidentifiedbytitle,number,volume,andpart,etc.,asapplicable.

Safety Precautions

The safety precautions section states safety precautions that apply to the overall job.

Job Steps

Thejobstepssectionofthejobsheetlistsstep-by-stepproceduresforperforminganoperation,maintenance,troubleshooting,orrepairofequipment.

Self-Test Questions

Self-testquestionsprovidestudentswithaself-evaluationoftheir performance or comprehension of each job step.

Page 159: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 149

TRAINEE GUIDE A-433-0023 JOB SHEET 9-1-5 Sheet 1 of 1

PLANNING INSPECTION STEPS

A. IntroductionUnderwaterhullinspectionrequiresathoroughknowledgeofthecomponents

and conditions peculiar to underwater operations. This job sheet will allow

youtopracticethestep-by-stepproceduresrequiredtoconductunderwater

hullinspections.Amajorbenefitofthisexerciseisthatyouwillhavethe

opportunitytomakethesamedecisionsthatwillberequiredtoperformthis

taskinyourdutyassignment.

B. Equipment The following equipment is required:

1.Open-circuitSCUBAoutfit

2.12”rule

3.Tendinglines

4. Hull inspection report

5.Underwaterlights(nightdives)

6.Chem-lite;oneperbuddyteam(nightdives)

C. References1.NAVSHIPSTechnicalManualandUnderwaterWorkTechniquesManual,Volume2

2.UnderwaterShipHusbandryManuals,S0600-AA-010series

3.U.S.NavyDivingManual,Volume1

D. Safety Precautions ReviewTTOproceduresintheSafety/HazardAwarenessNotice.

E. Job Steps The following job steps apply:1.AtDivingSupervisor’sdirection,dressinopen-circuitSCUBAfollowing

safetychecklistintheUnderwaterWorkTechniquesManualVol.2,page3-2.2.Beforeenteringthewater,reviewsafetychecklistsintheUnderwaterWork

TechniquesManual,Vol.2,page3-3andpage4-5.3.AtDivingSupervisor’sdirection,makeproperwaterentry.4.AtDivingSupervisor’sdirection,descendoncraftandmakeanunderwater

inspectionofthecraft’shull.5.Uponsurfacing,soundoff,“MaximumDepth,BottomTime.”Failuretoreport

this information will result in a failing grade for this job sheet.6. AtDivingSupervisor’sdirection,makeproperwaterexit.7. AwaitfurtherinstructionsfromDivingSupervisor.8. Complete an underwater hull inspection report (one per buddy team).

F. Self Test QuestionsNote: None.

Figure 9-5: Example Job Sheet.

Page 160: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9150

ASSIGNMENT SHEETS

Assignmentsheetsaredesignedtodirectthestudyorhomeworkeffortsofstudents(Fig.9-6).Assignmentsheetssimplifythestudents’searchforrelevantdataanddirecttheireffortstothe proper source. The sheets may direct students to information containedinvariousmanuals,referencedocuments,or,insomecases,otherinstructionsheets.Eachassignmentsheetisdividedintofoursections:theintroduction,thetopiclearningobjectives,thestudyassignment,andthestudyquestions.

Introduction

The introduction section of the assignment sheet provides information on the purpose of the topic.

Topic Learning Objectives

The next section of the assignment sheet lists the topic learningobjectives,whichareidenticaltotheobjectivesinthecorresponding lesson plan.

Study Assignment

The study assignment section of the assignment sheet tells the studentswhattheymustdotocompletetheirassignment.Iftheassignmentrequiresstudentstoreadthereferencematerial,itidentifiestheparagraph,page,figure,anddiagramnumbers.Ifitrequiressomeotheractivity,itgivesstudentsdirectionsforcompleting the activity.

Study Questions

Thefinalsectionoftheassignmentsheetprovidesstudyquestionstohelpstudentscomprehendtheirassignmentandchecktheirability to apply the information learned in the lesson.

Page 161: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 151

TRAINEE GUIDE A-111-4251 ASSIGNMENT SHEET 4-1-2-1 SHEET 1 of 3

GENERAL, PHYSICAL, FUNCTIONAL, AND INTERFACE DESCRIPTION OF THE AN/BRR-6

INTRODUCTIONThislessonwillshowhowtheAN/BRR-6operatesanditseffectonthesystemas

a whole.

TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVESUponsuccessfulcompletionofthistopic,youwillbeableto:

1.StatethefunctionsoftheAN/BRR-6.

2.StatethattheAN/BRR-6'smajorfunctionalareas,includingthefunctionof

each to support normal operations.

a.TowedBuoyTB-17/BRR-6(Bangor)orTowedBuoyTB-18A/BRR-6(KingsBay)

b.ReceiverGroupOR-197/BRR-6

c.SpecialPurposeElectricalCableAssemblyCX-13053/BRR-6

d.BuoyCradleMT-4905/BRR-6

e.ReelingMachineRL-275/BRR-6

f.SensorGroupOA-8906/BRR-6

g.BuoyDoor-SensingSwitch

h.BuoyControlIndicatorC-0256A/BRR-6

i.AntennaControlIndicatorC-10257/BRR-6

j.BuoyDepthControlIndicatorC-10258A/BRR-6

k.RelayAssemblyRE-1115/BRR-6

l.InterconnectingBoxJ-3461/BRR-6

m.TowedArrayControlIndicatorPanel

3.DefinetheabbreviationsandtermsusedwiththeAN/BRR-6tosupportall

operations and preventive maintenance.

4.StatetheAN/BRR-6'smajorfunctionalareas,includingthefunctionofeach

to support normal operations.

5.StatethesecurityrequirementsfortheAN/BRR-6tosupportalloperations

and preventive maintenance.

Figure 9-6: Example Assignment Sheet (Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 162: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9152

TRAINEE GUIDE A-111-4251 ASSIGNMENT SHEET 4-1-2-1 SHEET 2 of 3

6.DescribethefollowingmajorandassociatedcomponentsoftheAN/BRR-6

thatsupportalloperationsandpreventivemaintenance,includingnames,

nomenclature,physicalappearance,referencedesignators,locations,and

construction features.

a.TowedBuoyTB-17/BRR-6(Bangor)orTowedBuoyTB-18ABRR6(KingsBay)

b.ReceiverGroupOR-197/BRR-6

c.SpecialPurposeElectricalCableAssemblyCX-13053/BRR-6

d.BuoyCradleMT-4905/BRR-6

e.ReelingMachineRL-275/BRR-6

f.SensorGroupOA-8906/BRR-6

g.BuoyDoor-SensingSwitch

h.BuoyControlIndicatorC-10256A/BRR-6

i.AntennaControlIndicatorC-10257/BRR-6

j.BuoyDepthControlIndicatorC-10258A/BRR-6

k.RelayAssemblyRE-1115/BRR-6

l.InterconnectingBoxJ-3461/BRR-6

m.TowedArrayControlIndicatorPanel

7.DescribethecontrolsandindicatorsdirectlyassociatedwiththeAN/

BRR-6thatsupportalloperationsandpreventivemaintenance,including

names,referencedesignators,positions,conditions,colors,locations,and

functions.

8.DescribehowtheAN/BRR-6works(functionaloperation)tosupportall

operationsandpreventivemaintenance;includesignalflow,sequential

operation,andindications.

a.TowedBuoyTB-17/BRR-6(Bangor)orTowedBuoyTB-18A/BRR-6(KingsBay)

b.ReceiverGroupOR-197/BRR-6

c.SpecialPurposeElectricalCableAssemblyCX-13053/BRR-6

d.BuoyCradleMT-4905/BRR-6

e.ReelingMachineRL-275/BRR-6

f.SensorGroupOA-8906/BRR-6

g.BuoyDoorSensingSwitch

h.BuoyControlIndicatorC-10256A/BRR-6

i.AntennaControlIndicatorC-10257/BRR-6

j.BuoyDepthControlIndicatorC-10258A/BRR-6

k.RelayAssemblyRE-I115/BRR-6

l.InterconnectingBoxJ-3461/BRR-6

m.TowedArrayControlIndicatorPanel

9.DescribethefunctionalinterfacebetweentheAN/BRR-6andrelatedexternal

equipments to support all operations and preventive maintenance.

a.Powersources

b.Inputsignals

c. Output signals

Figure 9-6: Example Assignment Sheet (Sheet 2 of 3)

Page 163: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 153

TRAINEE GUIDE A-111-4251 ASSIGNMENT 4-1-2-1 Sheet 3 of 3

STUDY ASSIGNMENT

1.StudyEE125-FA-MMF-010/E110-BRR-6,FOMMTechnicalManualSupportVolumefor

RadioReceivingSetAN/BRR-6,Volume1,glossary;tables1-1and2-1through

2-7;paragraphs1-1,1-2,1-2.1through1-2.12,and1-3through1-6;and

figures2-1through2-8,5-1,and5-3.

2.StudyNAVSEAS9SSB-X9-SSM-900/(U)726V6P3B13(SSMV76P3B13),Habitability,

ShipHandling,andEmergencySystemsOperatingInstructions,01637-11,

paragraph1-1.

STUDY QUESTIONS

1.HowmanyunitscomprisetheBRR-6?

2.WhatisthefrequencyrangeoftheBRR-6?

3.Whatisthemaximumspeedallowablefortowingthebuoys?

4.Whatisthemaximumspeedforlaunchingabuoy?

5.Whyorwhynotisitgoodpracticetostreamthebuoyantcableandflyabuoy

atthesametime?

6.HowmanybuoysareassociatedwitheachBRR-6?

7.Whatistheminimumdepthforlaunchingabuoy?

8.Howmuchcabledoeseachcablehave?

9.WhatdoesFOMMmean?

10.WhichunitsoftheBRR-6arelocatedintheIRR?

11.WhichunitsoftheBRR-6arelocatedintheCommandandControlCenter?

12.HowmanyantennasareassociatedwiththeTowedBuoy?

13.WhatisthepurposeoftheDepthandDestructCanister?Whereisitlocated?

14.Whichunitcontrolsallthebuoy'selectronics?

15.HowclosetothesurfacemustthebuoybebeforeUnit10cantakeoverdepth

control?

16.HowdoesUnit9(TowedBuoyAntennaControlUnit)communicatewiththebuoy's

electronics?

17.Wherearethetowcablecutterslocated?

18.WheredoestheBRR-6receiveits115vac60Hzpowerfrom?

19.DothenavigationcentersignalsgothroughtheAIScabinetintheIRR?

FOR TRAINING USE ONLY

Figure 9-6: Example Assignment Sheet (Sheet 3 of 3)

Page 164: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9154

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA MATERIAL

SomeNavyinstructorsthinkofInstructionalMediaMaterial(IMM)asbeingsynonymouswithvideotapes.OthersthinkIMMisaninstructorcrutchtorelievetheburdenofteaching,andstillothersconsiderIMMtobesourcesofentertainment.JustwhatisIMM?Itisanydeviceorpieceofmediaequipmentthatisusedtohelpstudentsunderstandandlearn.Morespecifically,IMMisaspeciallypreparedtransparency,illustration,videotape/DVD,computer-based,flashanimationorMPEGmovie,slidepresentation,or exhibit that will assist students in understanding and expedite theirlearning.Showingisofteneasierthantelling;asapictureisworthathousandwords.Asdiscussedinanearlierchapter,using the sense of sight in conjunction with hearing creates more effective instruction and greater retention of information by the students.

PURPOSES OF INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA MATERIAL

ThemostimportantpurposeofIMMistoincreasestudents'understanding. Other important purposes are to increase students' retention,interest,motivation,andtoprovideuniformityandstandardizationintraining.

IMM INCREASES STUDENT UNDERSTANDING

Itispossibleandquiteprobableforagroupofstudentstoform entirely different ideas about the same thing as a result of a verbal description. Although you might describe in detail a piece ofnavigationequipment,suchasasextant,unlessthestudentshaveseenone,theymaydevelopacompletelywrongideaaboutit.Toformamorecompleteunderstanding,studentsneedtoseethesextant or a model of it to supplement your description.

Studentsmayhaveproblemsunderstandingtheproperrelationshipsof the various parts of an object from a verbal explanation only.Inthecaseofthesextant,youwouldhavedifficultymakingstudents understand the functions and relationships of the partswithouttheuseofaworkingmodel,cutaway,orseriesofcharts.IMMbringssubjectsintoperspective,producesaccurateinterpretations,andaidsintheunderstandingofrelationships.

IMM INCREASES STUDENT INTEREST AND MOTIVATION

IMMisfarmoreeffectiveinattractingattentionandcreatinginterest than a verbal description given without the use of an aid. UseIMMthatwillcaptureyourstudents’attentionandcontinuetohold their attention as the lesson progresses.

Page 165: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 155

Studentsmaynotbeattractedbyadescriptionofthevarioustypesofsmallarms,buttheircuriositywillbearousedimmediatelybythedisplayofarifle,pistol,shotgun,orcarbine.

Wheneverpossible,focustheattentionandconcentrationoftheentiregrouponthespecificpartyouareteachingabout.Students'minds tend to concentrate on the thing upon which their eyes are focused (sense of sight).

The satisfaction of a job well done is a feeling familiar to everyone. A similar reaction occurs in a training situation whenstudentsfeeltheinstructionisofdefinitevalue.Studentsachieve a sense of personal satisfaction from the learning and feelmotivatedtolearnmore.YoucanachievemotivationearlyinacourseofinstructionbyusingIMM.ThecontinueduseofIMMtomaketheinstructionconcreteandmeaningfulwillsustainstudentinterest and motivation.

IMM INCREASES STUDENT RETENTION

Most students forget what they hear in a relatively short time andhavedifficultyrecallingtheinformationaccurately.Ontheotherhand,thingstheyseemakeamorelastingimpressionandhelp them to recall the object or process more accurately later. Studentscanrecallthementalimagescreatedbypicturesandmodels more easily because of their increased interest at the time of reception. Many students have a greater interest in the realistic and concrete than in the symbolic and abstract. Average students will easily forget your verbal explanation of how an internalcombustionengineoperates.However,anactualengine,amodel,oravideotapeshownalongwithyourverbalexplanationwillmakeafixedimpressiononstudentsthatiseasiertorecall.

IMMusesthemultiple-senseapproachtolearningtoincreaseretention. The following information supports the importance of using the sense of sight in learning:

StudentswillRetain10%ofwhattheyread20%ofwhattheyhear30%ofwhattheysee50%ofwhattheyseeandhear

Page 166: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9156

IMM INCREASES UNIFORMITY OF TRAINING

Inclassroomsituationsinwhichtheinstructorusesnoaids,learning depends on the presentation method. While some instructors mayexpressthemselvesfluently,othersmaybesomewhatinarticulatealthoughtheyknowtheirsubjectwell.Theuseofstandardizedtrainingaidsmakesthepresentationsmoreuniformandaidsstudents in the learning process.

IMM CHARACTERISTICS

AllIMMmusthavecertaincharacteristicstobeeffectiveandto support the purposes for using them. Course developers provide IMMforestablishedcourses.IndividualinstructorsortrainingsitesshouldnotdeveloptheirownIMMwithouttheapprovaloftheCurriculumControlAuthority(CCA).However,asaclassroominstructor,youmustknowwhatcharacteristicsIMMshouldhave.YoucanthenrecognizetheshortcomingsofIMMandrecommendchangesthroughtheproperchainofcommandasnecessary.AllIMMshouldbeaccurate,simple,visible,necessary,andappropriate.

ACCURATE

Firstandforemost,visualaidsmustaccuratelydepicttheinstructionalintent.UseofoutdatedorincorrectvisualsdefeatsthepurposeofdisplayingIMM.Youcannotadequatelyexplainawayinaccuracies--studentsrememberwhattheyseemorethanwhattheyhear.IfyourIMMisnotaccurate,noneoftheothercharacteristicsoftheIMMwillmatter.

SIMPLE

The simplest version that will do the job is best. Visual aids that contain unnecessary data confuse students and may arouse their curiosity in a direction contrary to the one intended. When visuals of complex systems are required to explain the complex relationshipswithothercomponents,itisdesirablethataseriesofever-more-complexgraphicsbeusedsothateachisarelatively simple addition to a previously seen version of the graphic.Thus;evenattheendstate,withthecomplete,complexgraphicdisplayed;thestudentshaveneverbeenoverwhelmedbythecomplexity of the system.

VISIBLE

TheIMMmustbevisibleforallstudentsfromallareasinthetraining environment. Text and graphics must be large enough so they are visible from the farthest point in the classroom.

Page 167: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 157

APPROPRIATE

TheIMMmustsupportspecificlearningobjectives.ItmustmeetoneormoreofthepurposesforusingIMM.DonotuseIMMasatimefillerjustbecauseitisavailable.

USE OF IMM

WhenyouaregoingtouseIMM,youmustplaninadvanceexactlyhowitisgoingtofitintoyourlessonplan.Thetechniquesdiscussedinthissectionprovideclear-cutguidelinesforusinginstructionalmediamaterialsbefore,during,andafterthelessonis presented.

BEFORE THE LESSON

RefertoyourlessonplantodetermineexactlywhatIMMyouneedtosupporteachtopic.ObtaintheIMMyouneedandthenprevieweachoneyouwillusetoensureitiscomplete,readable,andinauseablecondition.OrganizetheIMMinitspropersequence.Makesureallneededsupportingequipmentisavailableandworking.MakeproperpreparationsfortheuseofIMMsothatyoucandetectpossibleproblemsandmakealternateplansifrequired.

DURING THE LESSON

DisplaytheIMMinatimelymanneratthepointcalledforinyourlessonplan.Directthestudents’attentiontospecificportionsoftheIMMeitherverballyorbyusingapointerwhennecessary.Afterusingittosupportyourlesson,removeitfromsight.UsetheIMMasnaturallyaspossible.Oneofthegreatestdistractions in the classroom is an instructor who fumbles around with the visual aids.

AFTER THE LESSON

YouhavearesponsibilitytoyourfellowstaffmemberstoreturnallIMMtotheproperstorageareainanorderly,organizedcondition.Ifyoufindmissing,defaced,orbrokenitems,informtheproper persons to initiate action to correct any discrepancies.

INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNIQUES

TheinstructionaltechniquesyouemployintheuseofIMMcangreatly add to or distract from their effectiveness. This section provides suggestions on instructional techniques to consider when usingvariousformsofIMM.

Page 168: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9158

COMPUTER-AIDED INSTRUCTION/SMART BOARD

An interactive digital projection screen is connected to theinstructor'scomputer,possibleviaaclassroom'sLocalAreaNetwork(LAN),andisusedtoprojectcomputer-basedIMM.Guidelinesforusingtheinteractivedigitalprojectionscreeninclude the following:

•Beforeclass,orienttheinteractivedigitalprojectionscreen to provide touch screen control and to provide optimum resolution for program hot spots and buttons.

•Touchthescreentoadvanceslides.•Facethestudents,notthescreen,asmuchaspossible.•Donotstandinthewayoftheprojection.•Saveyourcommentsontheinteractivedigitalprojectionscreeninelectronicfileformatforlaterreferenceoruse.

INTERACTIVE COURSEWARE (ICW)

Interactivecoursewarecanbeusedinclassrooms,LearningResourceCenters,laboratories,oranywherecomputersareavailable.Generally,theyareself-paced,learner-controlledlessons.TechniquesforusingICWsinclude:

•Introducethecourseware.•Explain/demonstratehowtouseit.•Assiststudentsasneeded.•Debriefandanswerstudents’questionswhenfinished.

EXHIBITS

ExhibitsareanothercommonlyusedformofIMM.Exhibitsmaybemock-ups,models,pictures,oractualequipmentusedfordemonstration purposes. Follow these general guidelines when using exhibits:

•Ifpossible,letthelearnerstouchandexplorethree-dimensionalexhibits-butnotwhileyouarediscussingthem!

•Makemodelsandpictureslargeenoughforlearnerstoseedetails.

•Clearlylabelallvisualdisplays,forexample,posters.•Keepexhibitsaccessibleorondisplayatalltimesunlessthere is a reason for not doing so.

Page 169: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 159

VIDEO, DVD, MOVIE, OR ANIMATION

Videos,DVDs,movies,andanimationpresentaction and can recreate real or imagined situations. Thisincludesmovies,andmovingimagespresentedascomputer-basedmoviesorqanimations.Videos/DVDs are training tools used to portray an actual situation.ThefilmoftheUSSFranklin,whichhasbeenaroundsince1945,isstillshowntomakeavividpointabouttheimportanceofall-handsdamagecontrol training. Follow these guidelines when using video,DVD,movie,oranimation:

•Previewthevideo,DVD,movie,oranimationtoidentifylogicalbreakingpointstopausethevideofordiscussion.

•Developquestionstohavelearnersanswerduringthepausesandafterward.

•Makesureroomlightingallowsforeasyviewing.•Introducethevideo,DVD,movie,oranimationanddirectlearnerstokeypoints.

•Pausethevideo,DVD,movie,oranimationfordiscussionandcommentary.

•Summarizeandreiteratekeypointsafterwards.

VISUAL AIDS PANEL

VisualAidsPanels(VAPs)areprobablythemostfrequentlyusedvisualtrainingaids.Youmayusethematanytimeduringalessontodisplayterms,definitions,examples,problems,drawings,ordiagrams.Itisalsoagreatmediumtouseforbrainstormingdiscussions.Onsomemodels,thecontentofaVAPcanbeconvertedtodigitalimages,whichcanthenbesavedandprinted.GuidelinesforusingtheVAPincludethefollowing:

•Writelarge,clear,andbrieftext.•Eraseinformationyouarenotusing.•Rewriteasyouorganizematerial,especiallyifusingtheVAPfor a brainstorming activity.

•Workfromthetopoftheboarddown,butavoidwritingatthevery bottom of the board.

•Facetheclasswheneverpossible.•Checkwithlearnersfromtimetotimetobesuretheycanseeand understand what you are writing.

•Presentcontentinanorganizedflow.

Page 170: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9160

EASEL CHART

Aneaselchartisablankpaperpadonaportablestand.Itisusedtorecordandshowtextorgraphics. When using an easel chart:

•Writelegiblyandabbreviateifnecessary.•Tearoffpagesandhangthemonthewallsoftheclassroom to improve retention.

•Referbacktothemasappropriateinfuturelessons.

TRANSPARENCIES

Transparenciesareacetatesheetsoftextand/orgraphicsused for projection on an overhead projector. When showing transparencies using an overhead projector remember to:

•Focustheprojection.•Positiontheprojectionhead90degreestothescreentopreventakeystoneimage(widerattop).

•Facethelearnerswhiletalking,notthescreen.•Makesurealllearnerscanseethescreen.•Useablankpagetograduallyrevealeachpointonthetransparency.

•Useon//offcontroltoavoidflashingablankscreenwhenchanging transparencies.

•Turntheprojectoroffwhenfinished.

DOCUMENT CAMERA

The document camera is a video camera that projectsandmagnifiespartsofdocuments,graphics,andrealobjects.Forexample,supposeyou are teaching learners how to complete a form. Projectingtheformusingtheoverheadprojectormay be ineffective if the text is too small for learnerstosee.Withthedocumentcamera,youcanzoominonpertinenttext,magnifyit,andprojectthemagnificationsothatlearnerscanseewhatyouaretalkingabout.Guidelinesforusingthedocumentcamera include the following:

•Usethezoombuttontoenlargedetailsofadocument,graphic,or object.

•Useittomakepartsofademonstrationvisiblewhendetailsare small.

Page 171: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9 161

SUMMARY

Tobeaneffectiveinstructor,youmustbefamiliarwiththematerialsrequiredtoteachthecourseofinstruction.Youmustusetheapprovedlessonplanandpersonalizeittocoveralldiscussionpointsexactlyasyouintend.Useinstructionsheetstoreinforceyour lesson presentations and to provide students with the learning opportunities provided by these materials. When using instructional mediamaterials,preparethematerialsinadvance,practiceyouruseofthematerials,andfollowpropertechniqueswhenusingthesematerials in the learning environment. The proper use of all course materials will greatly enhance your effectiveness as an instructor.

TheeffectiveuseofIMMisnotlimitedtoanyonephaseoftheinstructing-learningprocess.Youcanusetransparencies,visualaidspanels,andcomputer-aidedinstructiontoaddinterestaswellastosupplementverbalexplanations.Videos/DVDsmakediscussions more realistic and interesting. Exhibits and document camerasenhancedemonstrations.Remember,IMMgivesmeaningtotheinstruction,buttheycannottaketheplaceofeffectiveinstruction.

Page 172: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 9162

Page 173: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 163

CHAPTER 10

INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION

INTRODUCTION

Evaluation of Navy instructors and curriculum for the purpose of improving the quality of training is an ongoing process. As an instructor,youshouldwelcomeeveryopportunitytobeevaluatedbyothers.Throughthisevaluationprocess,youwillreceivefeedbackon your strengths as well as those areas in which you may need improvement.

PersonnelconsideredtobeSMEsintheareaofinstructionconductevaluationstoensurethesubjectmatterqualificationsof the instructor. Trained instructor evaluators from the command conduct evaluations to ensure the instructor uses the most effective techniques to accomplish training.

Two types of instructor evaluations are conducted: scheduled and unscheduled. Each method of evaluation has its advantages and disadvantages. A scheduled evaluation allows the instructor to preparefortheevaluation.Itmayalsoallowtheinstructortimeto prepare a “show” that is not typical of usual performance. Remember,evaluationisforthepurposeofimprovingthetrainingprovided,soyoushouldnotchangeyourteachingstylejustbecauseyou are being evaluated. An unscheduled evaluation permits the evaluatortoobservetheinstructorinanormalmode,whichcanresult in a more realistic appraisal of the instruction. The drawbacktoanunscheduledevaluationisthatitmaycauseaninexperienced instructor to feel threatened and thus to fail to perform as well as usual. Whether the evaluation is scheduled or unscheduled,youshouldneverswitchfromyourusualperformanceforthebenefitoftheevaluator.

Page 174: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10164

PREPARING FOR EVALUATION

Inpreparingtoteach,alwaysensure that your instructional materialsareready,thatyouhave prepared yourself for the lesson,thattheclassroom,laboratory or training environmentisprepared,andthat all training equipment is availableandinworkingorder.Following these steps each time you instruct will prevent you from having to interrupt the lesson because you are not properly prepared.

Alwaysbepreparedforanevaluation,becauseyouarealwaysbeingevaluatedwhenyouinstruct--byyourstudents.Remember,your students will get their opportunity to tell others about your instructiontoo,bothformallyandinformally.

AlwaysviewtheNavy’sformalevaluationprocessasanopportunity to gather information that will help you become moreeffectiveasaninstructor.Youfirstneedtoknowhowtheofficialevaluationprocessworksandwhatevaluatorswilllookforduringyourevaluation.Thisknowledgewillhelpyourefineyourinstructionaltechniques.Itwillalsobuildyourconfidencebecauseyouwillknowwhatisexpectedofyou.Apreliminarymeetingwithyour evaluator may help aid both of you as you prepare for the evaluation.Answeranyquestionstheymayhave,andprovidethemwithanymaterialstheymayneedtoconducttheevaluation.Besuretoaskanyquestionsyouhaveaswell.Knowingandunderstandingtheprocess should help you remain calm during your evaluation.

EVALUATION CHECKLISTS

Evaluatorsusefourseparatechecklistsinevaluatinginstruction.Theseare:ClassroomInstructorEvaluationChecklist,FacilitationEvaluationChecklist,BlendedLearningInstructorEvaluationChecklist,andLaboratoryInstructorEvaluationChecklist.Letuslookmorecloselyateachofthesechecklists.

Page 175: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 165

Classroom Instructor Evaluation Checklist.TheClassroomInstructorEvaluationChecklistisdividedintofourmajorcategories:

•Introduction•Presentation•Instructor-StudentInteraction•Summary

Facilitation Evaluation Checklist. Classroom Facilitation Evaluation checklistisdividedintofourmajorcategories:

•CriticalSkills•FacilitationSkills•Co-FacilitationSkills•ImprovementSection

Blended Learning Instructor Evaluation Checklist.BlendedLearningInstructorEvaluationchecklistisdividedintofourmajorcategories:

•Pre-Checklist•Facilitation•DatabaseandElectronicJacketOperation•LearningEnvironment

Laboratory Instructor Evaluation Checklist. The Laboratory InstructorEvaluationChecklistisdividedintothreemajorcategories:

•InstructorPerformance•StudentPerformance•Facilities

NOTE: Evaluators pay close attention to student safety and safe instructional practices in the laboratory.

CLASSROOM INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION FACTORS

Familiaritywithclassroomevaluationfactorswillgreatlybenefityou in presenting your lessons. The following information presents thosefactorstheevaluatorwillusetojudgeyourperformance,andhow you should conduct your instruction to meet those criterion.

Page 176: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10166

INTRODUCTION

Theintroductionsetsthestageforthelesson.Youmustpresentit in an interesting and motivating manner to prepare the students to learn. The following information presents those factors the evaluatorwillusetojudgeyourperformance,andhowyoushouldconduct your instruction to meet that criterion:

Display Course Name and Topic Title

•Writethisinformationontheboard,ordisplayitinsomeother manner.

Introduce Yourself

•Ifyouaremeetingwiththestudentsforthefirsttime,providebackgroundinformationaboutyourselftoestablishcredibilitywith the students.

•Presenttheintroductioninaninterestingmanner.•Providepersonalexperiencesthatenhancethelessonandaredirectlyrelatedtothetopicand/orobjectives.Onepersonalexperience is generally adequate for the introduction.

Explain How the Material Fits Into the Overall Course

•Explaintheimportanceofthelessonmaterialnotonlytothecoursebutalsotothestudents’futurejobsintheFleet.Thisrequiresyoutobeknowledgeableofmaterialthathasbeenpreviously covered in the course and what will be covered in future lessons.

Page 177: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 167

Explain the Importance of the Objectives

•Explainhoweachobjectiveappliestowhatthestudentsareabout to learn and determines what the students must be able to do by the end of the lesson and by the end of their training course.

•Helpstudentsunderstandwhattheymayneedtodoinordertoaccomplish each objective.

•Checkwiththestudentstodeterminetheirdegreeofunderstanding of the objectives.

Emphasize the Importance of Safety

•Addresssafetyatthebeginningofeachlesson,whereapplicable.

Explain the Importance of Satisfactory Performance

•Stresstothestudentshowimportantitisforthemtoachievetheobjectives.Maketheexplanationonapositivenoteratherthan stressing possible negative consequences.

Motivate Students to Do Their Best

•Motivatethestudentstotakeprideintheirworkandtodotheir best.

•Tellthestudentstoaskquestionsandtogetinvolved.•Makethestudentsfeelateaseaboutaskingquestionswhentheydo not understand something.

•Informstudentshowtheywillbeabletousetheinformationandbenefitfromit.

PRESENTATION

The evaluation of your presentation examines how well you are prepared to teach and how well you deliver the material. While personalcharacteristicswillvarybetweeninstructors,everyonecan use several tools of the trade to enhance their effectiveness of the lesson presentations. The evaluator will judge your presentation based on the following factors:

Personalize the Lesson Plan

•Personalizeeverylesson.Simplyhighlightingtheexistingmaterial is not enough.•Makesureyouhavetheapprovalofyourcoursesupervisororsomeothercommand-designatedauthorityforyourpersonalization.

Page 178: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10168

Prepare the Classroom and the Course Materials

•Makesuretheclassroomisphysicallyreadyforthestudentstoreceivepropertraining.Thisincludescheckingthatseatingarrangementsareadequate,trainingequipmentisingoodworkingconditionandavailable,materialssuchastransparencies,slides,andchartsareaccurateandreadyforpresentation.

Ensure Technical Accuracy

•Ensurethetechnicalaccuracyoftheinformationyoupresent.OnlyanevaluatorwhoisaSMEintheareaofinstructionwillcomplete this category.

Cover Major Discussion Points

•Followtheteachingpointsasapprovedinthelessonplan.•Donotomitorskipmaterial.

Do Not Read From the Lesson Plan

•Whenyoumustreadanimportantpoint,alsoteachitforemphasis.

•Usethelessonplanasaguide,notasabooktobereadtothestudents. Excessive reading from a lesson plan may indicate a lackofpreparationorconfusionwiththesubjectmatter.

Transition and Chain Material Effectively

•Usetransitionstatementsthatallowyoutomovethroughthelesson smoothly. Transitions signal to the students that you are progressing to a new point.

•Chainmaterial(thatis,tieittogether)inameaningfulmanner.Linkmaterialpreviouslytaughtwiththepresentmaterial,and/orlinkthepresentmaterialwithwhatwillbetaught later.

Use Questioning Techniques Effectively

•Usequestionstogetstudentsinvolvedinthelesson.•Phrasequestionsclearlyandconcisely.•Useseveraldifferenttypesofquestionsandquestioningtechniques during your presentation.

•Askquestionsthatpromotethoughtanddiscussion.•Askquestionsthatarenottoosimpleortoocomplex.

Page 179: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 169

•Allowadequatetimeforstudentstorespond,andmakesureyouallow them to complete their response.

•Donotansweryourownquestions.•Emphasizethecorrectansweronceitisgiven.•Givecompleteandaccurateanswerstoquestionsaskedbythestudents.

•Maintainpsychologicalsafetyintheclassroom.Neverembarrassa student who gives an incorrect answer. That discourages further participation not just from that student but from others too.

Whenaskingquestions,makesuretheyaccomplishyourpurposeforaskingthem.Therearemanyexcellentreasonsforusingquestions.They involve the students in the learning process and provide feedbackonstudentcomprehensionofthesubjectmatter.Theyalso allow you to resolve areas of confusion and determine student accomplishmentoflearningobjectives.Properlyused,questioningtechniques are one of the most powerful tools available to you as an instructor.

Use Training Aids Effectively

•Effectivelyusecurrenttechnology,transparencies,illustrations,video/DVD,computers,animations,movies,slidepresentations,andthelike,toreceivethefullbenefitfromthem.

•Makethetrainingaidvisibletoallstudents.

Maintain Proper Eye Contact

•Maintaineyecontactwithstudentstoholdtheirattentionandtogathernonverbalfeedbackfromthem.

•Avoidexcessivereadingfromthelessonplanortalkingtotheboard.Asageneralrule,youshouldtalkonlywhenlookingatthe students.

Display Enthusiasm

•Showapositiveandenthusiasticattitudetowardthesubject.•Useenthusiasmtomaintainstudentinterest.

Use Gestures Effectively

•Usegesturesthatarenaturalandappropriatetothelesson.•Usegesturestostressapoint.

Page 180: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10170

Avoid Distracting Mannerisms

•Avoiddistractingbehaviors,suchasplayingwithamarkerorpointer,stickingyourhandsinyourpockets,orusinggesturesexcessively.

Maintain A Positive, Professional Attitude

•Showasincereconcernforstudentcomprehension.Neverdisplaycynicism,intimidatestudents,oruseprofanity,off-colorremarksordisparagingremarks.

•Projectprofessionalismbypresentingasmart,concise,andmeaningful presentation.

Use Time Effectively

•Startandendyourclassandanybreaksyourclasstakesontime. This shows students you respect their time and expect them to do the same.

•Stayontimethroughoutthelesson.Thatshowsyouarewellprepared.

•Followtheinstructionaltimelineestablishedintheapproved curriculum.

•Monitorstudentstoeffectivelymanagetheirprogresswithinthe course time constraints.

Use Communication Skills Effectively

•Makesureyourvoiceisreasonablypleasant(quality),easilyunderstood(intelligibility),andexpressesdifferencesinmeaning (variety).

•Qualityincludesnotonlythesoundofthevoice,butthefeelingsprojectedwhenyouspeak.

•Intelligibilityreferstocleararticulation,correctpronunciation,andtheuseofcorrectgrammar.

•Varietyincludesvariationsintherate,volume,force,andpitch of your speech.

Maintain Flexibility

•Beopentodiscussionsthatenhancethelessonbutdonotlosesight of the lesson.

•Offertomeetstudentsoutsidetheclassroomtodiscusstheirthoughts when too much time is being spent in areas not related to the lesson.

Page 181: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 171

Use Personal Experiences and Examples

•Usepersonalexperiencesthatarerelatedtothesubjecttomakethelearningmoreinteresting.

•Useexamplesthroughoutthelesson.

Explain Material Clearly

•Explainthematerialatalevelthestudentscanunderstand.•Ifstudentsappeartobeconfused,thenyoushouldexplainthematerial in a different manner.

INSTRUCTOR-STUDENT INTERACTION

Thisareadealswithyoureffectivenessinkeepingthestudentsinvolvedinthelearningprocess.Italsohastodowithyourabilitytomanagetheinstructor-studentinteractions.Toimproveyour interaction with your students you should strive to:

•Establishandmaintainstudentattention.•Encouragestudentparticipation.•Checkforstudentcomprehension.•Establishandmaintainproperinstructor-studentrelationships.•Stresstheimportanceofeachindividualstudentwhileremaining clearly in control of the whole class.

SUMMARY

The lesson summary is used to recap the major dicussion points of the lesson and to ensure that your students understand the subject matteryouhavepresented.Toeffectivelysummarizealessonyoushould:

Summarize Learning Objectives

•Sincetheobjectivesarewhatyourstudentsaretryingtoaccomplish,restateorparaphrasetheobjectivesanddiscusstheir relationship to the lesson material.

Summarize the Lesson Properly

•Summarizethematerialinthelessonatleastoncetoensurestudentunderstanding.Insomecases,youmayneedtosummarizemore than once.

•Whenorhowoftenthesummaryisconductedisnottheissue;rather,didyousummarizeandwasthesummaryeffective?

Page 182: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10172

•Whensummarizingattheendofalesson,usethemajorteachingpoints and objectives as an outline for the summary.

•Usesummariestomaintaincontinuitywithinalessonortoemphasizeareasofimportance.

Check Student Understanding

•Askquestionstohelpdetermineifthestudentsunderstandthematerial.

•Ensurequestionsrequirestudentstorespondatthelearninglevel required by the objectives.

•Askthought-provokingquestionsrelatedtotheobjective(s).

Stress Safety

•Stresssafetyintheintroduction,presentation,andsummarywhenever safety is a factor in a lesson.

CLASSROOM FACILITATION EVALUATION FACTORS

Whenfacilitating,youwillstillneedtofollowthepreviouslydiscussedclassroomfactors.However,whenyouarefacilitating,youmayalsohavetoco-facilitateexercisesandactivitiesintheclassroom. The following information presents those factors the evaluatorwillusetojudgeyourperformance,andhowyoushouldconduct your facilitation in order to meet evaluation criterion.

CLASSROOM FACILITATION EVALUATION CHECKLIST

CRITICAL SKILLS

Cover the Lesson Content

•Whilenotusingyourlessonplanasascript,guidethediscussion to meet the objectives.

•Youshouldhaveafirmgraspofthelessoncontentandthebackgroundinformationpertainingtoit.

•Theinformationyoupresentshouldbetechnicallyaccurateandprovide references for the students.

FACILITATION SKILLS

Arrange the Room Well and Limit Room Movement

•Studentsshouldhavegoodaccesstoeachotherandbeabletosee you and each other well.

•Yourmovementshouldbepurposefulandnatural.•Closethegapbetweenyouandthestudentsasnecessary.

Page 183: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 173

Practice Active Listening Skills

•Studentsshouldnotbeinterruptedunlesspracticinginappropriate behavior.

•Oncestudentsgiveinput,theinstructorshouldparaphrase,repeat,orsummarizeasappropriate.

Field Student Questions Properly

•Theinstructorshouldpracticeredirectingquestionsbacktothe class whenever possible.

•Studentsshouldnothavefearofcensureunlesstheydisplayinappropriate behavior.

Brief and Debrief Exercises and Activities

•Thepurposeofexercisesshouldbeclearlyexplainedbeforethey start.

•Thetimeframeandstepsshouldbeclearlydefined,andyoushouldcheckforstudentunderstanding.

•Throughouttheexercise,guidanceshouldbegiventothestudents as necessary.

•Timechecksandremindersarealsonecessarytoensurethestudentsaremeetingtheobjectivesinthespecifiedtimeframe.

Work Closely with Your Co-Instructor

•Youandyourco-instructorshouldbothremainfullyengagedthroughout the training.

•Youshouldeachprovidephysicalsupportwithtrainingaids,both to students and each other.

•Neverdiminishyourco-instructor’scredibilityinanyway.•Responsibilityforthelearningoutcomesshouldbesharedequally.

•Transitionsbetweenco-instructorsshouldbesmooth.

Strive to Improvement

•AnIndividualDevelopmentPlan(IDP)iswrittenbaseduponwhatwent well and what needs to be improved.

BLENDED LEARNING INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION FACTORS

Instructingblendedlearningenvironmentsrequiresskillsnotnormallyusedintraditionalclassroomsettings.Youmusthaveworkingknowledgeofthesoftwareandfirmwarethatyouandyour

Page 184: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10174

learnerswillbeusing.TheBlendedLearningInstructorEvaluationChecklistisdividedintofourmajorcategories:Pre-Checklist,Facilitation,DatabaseandElectronicJacketOperation,andLearning Environment. Let us consider each category more closely.

BLENDED LEARNING INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION CHECKLIST

PRE-CHECKLIST

Thispre-checklistshouldbeusedtoensureyouarereadytotrain in a blended learning environment and to prepare for your blended learning instructor evaluation.

Ensure the topic, title, and name of the instructor are properly displayed:

•Studentsshouldhaveabasicknowledgeofwhatitistheyareabout to learn.

Ensure your certification records are current:

•Softwaremayrequirespecialcertifications.Ifthesecertificationsarenotuptodate,youmaynotbeabletofacilitate a blended learning class.

Ensure software is fully operational:

•Inablendedlearningenvironment,thebiggestdistracteriswhenthesoftwarewillnotworkproperly.

•Youshouldoperationallytestthesoftwareeachdaybeforeclass begins.

Organize the environment properly:

•Particularlywhenusingvideooraudioequipment,youwanttoensureallofthestudentshaveequalaccesstothemonitor,microphoneorcamera,dependingontheenvironment.

•Pre-checklistsshouldbeusedtoensuretheinstructorisreadyto train that portion of the course.

FACILITATION

Facilitatingablendedlearningeventrequiresknowledgeofmorethanwhatyourstudentsaredoing.Youmustalsoknowwhatishappening around your learners.

Page 185: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 175

Monitor the learner management software:

•Ensurealltheworkstationsareworkingproperlyandareconnected to the main server.

•Ifusingasecurenetwork,ensureeachlearnerhastheproperclearance level to access the system.

•Ensureeachlearnerhasapasswordtoaccessthenetwork.

Use and respond to electronic feedback and alerts:

•Sinceyourstudentsarecommunicatingandlearningthroughtheterminalormonitor,youneedtobeespeciallymindfulofanyproblems,concerns,orotherfeedbacktheydisplay.

•Documentingfeedbackviaelectronicmethodswillensurefutureissuescanbeavoidedandclassefficiencymayincrease.

Provide active or passive intervention:

•Ensureyourstudentsareprogressingthroughtheassignmentinan appropriate period of time.

•Provideassistancetostudentswhoareexperiencingdifficultieswhich may prevent them from completing the assignment.

Monitor the scheduled environment time:

•Youmayhavetobemindfulofthetime,especiallyifyouareworkingwithpatchesorlinksthathavebeenscheduledspecificallyforyourclass.

•Eachmoduleissetonascheduleinordertokeepthecurriculumflowingandtomeettheobjectivesinthespecifiedcourse time.

Administer examinations, performance tests, and/or proficiency advancements:

•Testingshouldbedoneinblendedlearningenvironmentsthesame way it is done in a traditional classroom environments.

•Studentsshouldknowthepurposeoftheexaminationandthetime frame in which it is to be complete.

•Youshouldbeavailableforquestionsandreviewaftercompletion.

DATABASE AND ELECTRONIC TRAINING JACKET OPERATION

•Trainingisusuallyrecordedinadatabaseorelectronictrainingjacket.

•Inputyourstudents’skillcompletionintotheirtrainingrecording medium.

Page 186: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10176

•Addpositive,negative,andneutralcommentstoensuremaximumfeedbackforthem.

LEARNING ENVIRONMENT

•Documenttheoperationalstatusoftrainingaids.•Documentoperationalstatusofenvironmentalconditions.•Ensureallsafetyrequirementsareobserved.

LABORATORY EVALUATION FACTORS

Aswithclassroomevaluationfactors,youmustbefamiliarwiththeevaluationfactorsusedtoevaluatelaboratoryinstruction.Someof these factors are very similar to those used in the classroom. Othersarespecifictolaboratoryinstruction.Safetyisfrequentlyofgreaterconcerninthelaboratorythanintheclassroom.Youmust ensure that safety is stressed and safety procedures adhered to.TheLaboratoryEvaluationChecklistisusedtoevaluatetheinstructor,thestudents,andthefacilities.

PERSONALIZE THE LESSON PLAN

•Yourlessonplanpersonalizationmustbecurrentandcomplete.•Useyourlessonplantoensurethatyoucoverallobjectivesand major teaching points.

INSTRUCTOR PERFORMANCE

TheLaboratoryInstructorEvaluationChecklistcontainsthefollowing factors concerning instructor performance.

Make Work Spaces/Stations Ready for Class. Priortothestartofthe laboratory session you should ensure that:

•Eachworkstationisfullyequipped.•Equipment,tools,andmaterialarereadyforuse.•Instructionalmaterialsareavailableandinusablecondition.•Thelaboratoryareaiscleanandfreeofsafetyhazards.

Explain the Objectives

•Ensurestudentsunderstandtheobjectivesandallsafetyrelated considerations.

•Relatetheobjectivestothejobsheet(s).•Tellthestudentsifthelaboratorysessionisatest.•Inadditiontoexplainingtheobjectives,youmaywanttoprovidepartiallyfinishedorcompletedprojectsforthestudents to examine.

Page 187: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 177

Review Safety/Sanitation Procedures.

At the beginning of the lab you should review the following procedures as appropriate:

•TrainingTimeOut.(TTO)•Personnelandequipmentsafetyprocedures.•Sanitationandhazardouswastedisposal.•Ifthelaboratoryextendsbeyondonetrainingday,youshouldreview the appropriate procedures at the beginning of each day.

Review Instructional Materials

•Ensurethestudentsknowwhatinstructionalmaterialsareavailable and how to use them.

•Thoroughlyexplainthejobsheet(s).

Relate Classroom Instruction to Laboratory Performance

•Explaintoyourstudentshowtheinformationpresentedintheclassroom relates to the laboratory application.

•Whenconductingademonstration,makesureallthestudentscansee the demonstration.

•Emphasizesafetyattheappropriatepointsofthedemonstration.

Issue Tools and Materials

•Iftoolsand/ormaterialsmustbeissued,ensurethatyouexplaintheproceduresforissueandturn-in.

•Keepworkareasfreefromunnecessaryclutterwithtoolsormaterials.

Emphasize Safety

•Explainsafetyprecautionsandcloselymonitorstudentstoensure compliance with safety procedures.

•Youmustalwaysfollowsafetyproceduresandmaywanttodemonstrate the procedures for the students.

Assist Students as Necessary

•Provideanenvironmentforyourstudentstolearnbydoing.Assistthemasnecessary,butdonotdotheirworkforthem.

•Dependinguponthetypeoftraining,itmaybeappropriateto use more capable or experienced students to assist other students.However,youmustbeparticularlywatchfultoensurethatproperproceduresarebeingfollowed.Itwouldnotbeappropriate to have students aid other students when safety is involved.

Page 188: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10178

Recognize Individual Student Differences

•Donotcompareanystudent’sperformancewiththatofotherstudents.

•Checkforstudentunderstandingoftheassignment.•Provideassistanceonlyasrequired.•Maintainpatiencewithstudentsthatareexperiencingdifficulty.

Provide Related Instruction When Needed

•Youshouldprovideinstructionwhenitisneededinorderforthe students to accomplish the objectives.

Check Student Progress and Understanding

•Monitorstudentstoensuretheyareprogressingthroughtheassignment.

•Ensurethatthestudentsareusingthejobsheet(s)andrelatedinstructional materials correctly.

Ask Thought-Provoking Questions

•Usethoughtprovokingquestionstocausethestudentstothinkabout what they are doing and why they are doing it.

•Usequestionstocheckforstudentunderstanding.•Also,questionsmaybeeffectiveinhelpingstudentswhoare experiencingdifficulties.

Review the Laboratory Session

•Conductareviewofthetrainingsessionbyemphasizingtheobjectives and how they were accomplished.

Manage Time Effectively

•Ensureyourstudentsareprogressingthroughtheassignmentinan appropriate period of time.

•Provideassistancetostudentswhoareexperiencingdifficultieswhich may prevent them from completing the assignment on time.

STUDENT PERFORMANCE

Inadditiontoevaluatingyourperformance,studentsareobservedbecause their performance provides important information on the quality and safety of the training. The following factors are used for evaluation in this area:

Page 189: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10 179

STUDENTS APPEAR TO UNDERSTAND THE ASSIGNMENT

•Studentsshouldbeabletoindependentlystarttheassignmentafter you have provided the necessary instructions.

•Studentsshouldbeabletocompletetheassignmentcorrectly.•Studentsshouldbeabletocompletetheassignmentwithoutfrequentlyhavingtoaskquestionsorrequestyourassistance.

STUDENTS CORRECTLY USE OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL

•Youshouldensurethatthestudentsarecorrectlyusingallofthe instructional materials provided.

STUDENTS SEEK ASSISTANCE WHEN NEEDED

•Yourstudentsshouldbeencouragedtorequestyourassistancewhen it is required.

•Monitoryourstudentstoensuretheyareprogressingthroughtheassignmentwithoutdifficulty.

STUDENTS OBSERVE SAFETY/SANITARY PRECAUTIONS

•Studentsshouldobserveallapplicableprecautions.Monitoryour students to ensure they follow the prescribed procedures.

STUDENTS PARTICIPATE IN THE CRITIQUE/REVIEW

•Encouragestudentparticipation.Askthemquestionsandinvitethemtoaskquestions.Youmayusetheredirectedquestioningtechnique to encourage student participation.

FACILITIES

Safetyisthenumberoneconcerninthetrainingenvironment.ThefinalsectionofTheLaboratoryEvaluationChecklistisforhelpexamining the facilities. The condition of the training facilities isvitallyimportanttosafety,qualityoflife,andstudentlearning.Alwayscheckthefacilitiespriortouseandensurethattheyareready.Youshould:

•Ensurethatthelightingandventilationareadequate.•Maintainandprepareequipmentandtoolsforthetrainingsession.

•Ensurethatsafetyprecautionsareproperlyposted.•Ensurethatallequipmentsafetydevicesareinplaceandingood condition.

•Reportandensurecorrectionofanyunsafeconditionpriortoconducting training in the facility.

Page 190: NAVEDTRA 134A August 2009

NAVEDTRA 134A Chapter 10180

SUMMARY

InstructorevaluationisanimportantaspectoftheNavytraining program. Along with evaluation of curriculum and all other elementsoftheoverallprogram,instructorevaluationcontributessignificantlytotheimprovementoftraining.

Youwillbeevaluatedintheperformanceofyourdutiesasaninstructor.Youmayalsobeinvolvedintheevaluationofothers.Inbothsituations,usetheseopportunitiestolearnnewwaysofmakingyourinstruction,andthatofyourpeers,moreefficientandeffective.